WO2022206367A1 - Method and apparatus for switching carrier - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for switching carrier Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022206367A1
WO2022206367A1 PCT/CN2022/080873 CN2022080873W WO2022206367A1 WO 2022206367 A1 WO2022206367 A1 WO 2022206367A1 CN 2022080873 W CN2022080873 W CN 2022080873W WO 2022206367 A1 WO2022206367 A1 WO 2022206367A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
terminal device
carrier
network device
threshold
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/080873
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
毛颖超
常俊仁
酉春华
谢曦
范强
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022206367A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022206367A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for switching carriers.
  • a user equipment performs small data transmission (SDT) in the radio resource control (RRC) disconnected state
  • SDT small data transmission
  • RRC radio resource control
  • all uplink transmissions are reserved On the selected carrier, switching between a supplementary/supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier and a normal/normal uplink (NUL) carrier is not allowed during transmission.
  • SUL supplementary/supplementary uplink
  • NUL normal/normal uplink
  • the SUL carrier may be overloaded, or if the transmission conditions of the UE transmitting on the NUL carrier change and the transmission conditions of the NUL carrier are not satisfied, the UE may not be able to continue to transmit subsequent data on the NUL carrier. Therefore, how to implement carrier switching in a disconnected state is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for switching carriers, so that a terminal device can implement carrier switching in a disconnected state, thereby ensuring the reliability and accuracy of uplink data transmission.
  • a method for switching carriers may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: a terminal device sends first information to a network device, where the first information is used by the network device to switch the first carrier to a second carrier, the first information includes information of a reference signal of the terminal device, the terminal The device is in a disconnected state; the terminal device receives downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device needs to switch the uplink carrier in the disconnected state, the terminal device can report its reference signal information to the network device, so that the network device can switch the uplink carrier to the first information for the terminal device based on the first information. Two carriers, thus ensuring the reliability of subsequent data transmission.
  • the first information includes reference signal received power or reference signal received quality.
  • the terminal device when the first information is greater than or equal to a first threshold and less than or equal to a second threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, and the first information is sent to the network device. A message for the network equipment to switch the normal uplink NUL carrier to the secondary uplink SUL carrier. Or, when the first information is greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, where the first information is used by the network device to switch the assisted uplink SUL carrier into a normal uplink NUL carrier.
  • first threshold, the second threshold, the third threshold and the fourth threshold may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through system information, or may be preset in the terminal device.
  • preset may include predefined definitions, eg, protocol definitions.
  • pre-definition can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device, and this application does not limit the specific implementation means.
  • the first information is carried in a medium access control information element MAC CE or a radio resource control RRC message.
  • the terminal device when the quality of the serving cell is lower than a fifth threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
  • the fifth threshold may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through system information, or preset in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives measurement reporting configuration information from the network device, where the measurement reporting configuration information includes the fifth threshold; the terminal device is in the disconnected state Measure the quality of the serving cell.
  • the threshold value of the measurement report triggering event that is, the fifth threshold value
  • the threshold value of the measurement report triggering event is configured for the terminal device through the measurement configuration information, so that when the service quality of the cell measured by the terminal device is less than the fifth threshold value, the event triggers the reporting of the measurement result, which enables the reporting of the measurement result.
  • the process of the measurement result is more flexible, and at the same time, it helps the network device to effectively determine whether the terminal device is far from the coverage of the cell, so as to switch the carrier for the terminal device according to the reported measurement result.
  • the terminal device receives an RRC release message from the network device, where the RRC release message includes the measurement reporting configuration information.
  • the configuration information of the measurement report is configured for the terminal device through the RRC release message, which can effectively save resources.
  • a method for switching carriers may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: a terminal device sends a reference signal to a network device to make the network device switch a first carrier to a second carrier, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state; the terminal device receives downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries uplink transmission resources information, the uplink transmission resource is on the second carrier.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device needs to switch the uplink carrier in the disconnected state, the terminal device reports the reference signal of the cell where it is located to the network device, and the network device switches the uplink carrier to the first terminal device based on the reference signal. Two carriers enable the terminal device to successfully transmit subsequent data.
  • the terminal device when the first condition is established, sends a reference signal to the network device, so that the network device switches the first carrier to the second carrier, wherein the first A condition includes at least one of the following: the reference signal received power of the reference signal is greater than or equal to a second threshold and less than or equal to a first threshold, or the terminal device sends data on the uplink transmission resource based on random access, the first threshold One condition is after the competition is successfully resolved.
  • the conditions for the terminal device to send the reference signal can be made more flexible and richer.
  • the terminal device receives configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes configuration information of the reference signal; the terminal device sends the network device according to the configuration information
  • the reference signal enables the network device to switch the first carrier to the second carrier.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the network device, where the request message is used to request the configuration information.
  • a method for switching carriers may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: the terminal device obtains the received power of the reference signal by measuring; the terminal device compares the received power of the reference signal with a preset threshold to switch the first uplink carrier to the second uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device in the disconnected state automatically switches the carrier based on the measurement result, which ensures that the data in the small data transmission process can be successfully transmitted, and the accuracy of the uplink data transmission is ensured.
  • the auxiliary uplink SUL carrier when the reference signal received power is greater than or equal to the threshold, the auxiliary uplink SUL carrier is switched to the normal uplink NUL carrier, or when the reference signal When the received signal power is less than the threshold, the normal uplink NUL carrier is switched to the auxiliary uplink SUL carrier.
  • the terminal device initiates uplink transmission on the second carrier, where the uplink transmission includes random access-based uplink transmission or configuration authorization-based uplink data transmission .
  • the terminal device when the uplink transmission is based on random access, the terminal device sends a first message to the network device, where the first message includes the cell wireless network temporary identifier C- Medium access control information element and uplink data of RNTI.
  • the message carrying the uplink data may not include the RRC recovery request message, but only the C-RNTI MAC CE, which can avoid the recovery integrity message authentication code (message authentication code for integrity, resumeMAC-I) in the RRC recovery request message. ) is a security risk for reuse.
  • a method for switching carriers may be performed by a network device, or may also be performed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: a network device receives first information from a terminal device, the first information includes information of a reference signal of the terminal device, the first information is transmitted on a first carrier, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state; the network The device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device needs to switch the uplink carrier in the disconnected state, the terminal device can report its reference signal information to the network device, so that the network device can switch the uplink carrier to the first information for the terminal device based on the first information. Two carriers, thus ensuring the reliability of subsequent data transmission.
  • the information of the reference signal includes reference signal received power or reference signal received quality.
  • the network device receives the first information from the terminal device, including: when the first information is greater than or equal to the first threshold and less than or equal to the second threshold, the The network device receives the first information from the terminal device, where the first carrier is a normal uplink NUL carrier, the second carrier is a supplementary uplink SUL carrier, or the first information is greater than or equal to a third threshold and When less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device, where the first carrier is a supplementary uplink SUL carrier, and the second carrier is a normal uplink NUL carrier.
  • the first information is carried in a medium access control information element MAC CE or a radio resource control RRC message.
  • the network device when the quality of the serving cell is lower than the fifth threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends measurement reporting configuration information to the terminal device, where the measurement reporting configuration information includes the fifth threshold.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device, where the RRC release message includes the measurement reporting configuration information.
  • the configuration information of the measurement report is configured for the terminal device through the RRC release message, which can effectively save resources.
  • a method for switching carriers is provided.
  • the method may be performed by a network device, or may also be performed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: a network device receives a reference signal from a terminal device, the reference signal includes a reference signal of a first carrier of the terminal device, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state; the network device measures the reference signal; the network device measures the reference signal according to the measurement As a result, the first carrier is switched to the second carrier; the network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information carries the information of the uplink transmission resource, and the uplink transmission resource is on the second carrier.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device needs to switch the uplink carrier in the disconnected state, the terminal device reports the reference signal of the cell where it is located to the network device, and the network device performs measurement, and switches the uplink carrier for the terminal device based on the measurement result. to the second carrier, so that the terminal device can successfully transmit subsequent data.
  • the method further includes: when a first condition is established, the network device receives a reference signal from the terminal device, where the first condition includes at least one of the following : the reference signal received power of the reference signal is greater than or equal to the second threshold and less than or equal to the first threshold, or the terminal device sends data on the uplink transmission resource based on random access, and the first condition is that after the contention is successfully resolved .
  • the conditions for the terminal device to send the reference signal can be made more flexible and richer.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes configuration information of the reference signal.
  • the method further includes: the network device receiving a request message from the terminal device, where the request message is used to request the configuration information.
  • a method for switching carriers may be performed by a network device, or may also be performed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: the network device receives first information from the terminal device; the network device determines, based on the first information, that the terminal device switches the first carrier to the second carrier, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state.
  • the terminal device in the disconnected state automatically switches the carrier based on the measurement result, and notifies the network to perform uplink carrier switching, which ensures that the data in the small data transmission process can be successfully transmitted, and ensures the transmission of uplink data. accuracy.
  • the method further includes: the network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
  • the uplink transmission resources include random access-based uplink transmission resources or configuration grant-based uplink transmission resources.
  • the network device when based on random access, receives a second message sent from the terminal device, and the second message includes the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI.
  • the second message when based on random access, the network device receives a second message sent from the terminal device, and the second message includes the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI.
  • C-RNTI Cell radio network temporary identifier
  • the message carrying the uplink data may not include the RRC recovery request message, but only the C-RNTI MAC CE, which can avoid the security risk of reusing the recovery integrity resumeMAC-I in the RRC recovery request message.
  • an apparatus for switching carriers is provided, where the apparatus is configured to perform the methods provided in the above-mentioned first to third aspects.
  • the apparatus may include units and/or modules for performing the methods provided in the first to third aspects, such as a processing module and/or a transceiver module.
  • the apparatus is a terminal device.
  • the communication module may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface;
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the apparatus is a chip, a chip system or a circuit used in a terminal device.
  • the transceiver module unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, tube on the chip, chip system or circuit
  • the processing module can be a processor, a processing circuit or a logic circuit, etc.
  • the above transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the above-mentioned input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • an apparatus for switching carriers is provided, and the apparatus is configured to perform the methods provided in the fourth to sixth aspects above.
  • the apparatus may include units and/or modules for performing the methods provided in the fourth to sixth aspects, such as a processing module and/or a transceiver module.
  • the apparatus is a network device.
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface;
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the apparatus is a chip, a system of chips, or a circuit used in a network device.
  • the transceiver module unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, tube on the chip, chip system or circuit
  • the processing module can be a processor, a processing circuit or a logic circuit, etc.
  • the above transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the above-mentioned input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device comprising: a memory for storing a program; a processor for executing a program stored in the memory, and when the program stored in the memory is executed, the processor is used for executing the above-mentioned first aspect to The method provided by the sixth aspect.
  • the apparatus is a terminal device or a network device.
  • the apparatus is a chip, a chip system or a circuit used in terminal equipment or network equipment.
  • the present application provides a processor for executing the methods provided by the above aspects.
  • the process of sending the above-mentioned information and obtaining/receiving the above-mentioned information in the above-mentioned methods can be understood as the process of outputting the above-mentioned information by the processor and the process of receiving the above-mentioned input information by the processor.
  • the processor When outputting the above-mentioned information, the processor outputs the above-mentioned information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. After the above-mentioned information is output by the processor, other processing may be required before reaching the transceiver.
  • the transceiver acquires/receives the above-mentioned information, and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information, the above-mentioned information may need to perform other processing before being input to the processor.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a processor specially used to execute these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor.
  • the above-mentioned memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set on different chips respectively.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • the embodiment does not limit the type of the memory and the setting manner of the memory and the processor.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores program codes for device execution, the program codes including methods for executing the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods provided in the first to sixth aspects above.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor reads an instruction stored in a memory through the communication interface, and executes the methods provided in the first to sixth aspects.
  • the chip may further include a memory, the memory stores an instruction, the processor is used to execute the instruction stored on the memory, and when the instruction is executed, the processor is used to execute the above-mentioned No.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flow chart of small data transmission based on random access.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of small data transmission based on preconfigured authorization.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a terminal device of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a network device of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of still another example of an apparatus for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device of the present application.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment (user equipment, UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless Communication equipment, user agent or user equipment.
  • UE user equipment
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved public land mobile networks (PLMN)
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • a terminal device, etc. is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an internet of things (Internet of things, IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Its main technical feature is to connect items to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things. This application does not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be a device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA)
  • the base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolutionary base station (evolutional base station) in the LTE system NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and future
  • the network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU for short).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the higher-layer signaling such as the RRC layer signaling
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device may be an apparatus for implementing the function of the network device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the network device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include a network device 120 , for example, the network device shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device 110, such as the terminal device shown in FIG. 1 .
  • a connection can be established between the terminal device and the network device for communication.
  • SDT small data transmission
  • RRC radio resource control
  • Small data packets can also be for a certain business.
  • the business may be the following application scenarios, for example, all data for a smart meter can be understood as small data.
  • QoS quality of service
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • Application scenarios for small data transfer that is, use scenarios involving small and infrequent data traffic.
  • it can be: smartphone applications, including traffic of instant messaging services, such as whatsapp, QQ, WeChat, etc., heartbeat packet traffic from IM/e-mail clients and other applications (applications, APPs) (such as Heart- beat/keep-alive traffic), and push notifications for various applications.
  • Non-smartphone applications including wearable device traffic (periodic location information, etc.), sensors (industrial wireless sensor networks periodically or time-based transmission of temperature, pressure readings, etc.), smart meters and smart meter networks send periodic Meter readings, Heart-beat/keep-alive traffic from IM/email clients and other apps, and push notifications from various apps.
  • the SDT technology can support the transmission process based on random access (RA) and the transmission process based on configuration authorization (configured grant, CG), corresponding to the processes shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 .
  • RA random access
  • CG configuration authorization
  • FIG. 2 shows the RA-based SDT (RA-basedSDT) process.
  • the main processes include:
  • the terminal device when the terminal device meets the standard for initiating SDT based on random access, it initiates an SDT process on the selected NUL carrier or SUL carrier.
  • the terminal device in the inactive state can determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold, as well as the relationship between the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, the SDT process is initiated.
  • the terminal device can also initiate the SDT process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold value and the SDT selection criterion.
  • the other information can be reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ), beam quality, etc., this application Not limited.
  • the terminal device performs carrier selection.
  • the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information.
  • the RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier.
  • the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may also select a carrier first, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. Alternatively, the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device sends a first message to the network device.
  • the terminal device sends the random access preamble on the selected carrier.
  • the terminal device may choose to send the random access preamble on the SDT dedicated random access opportunity, or the terminal device may send the SDT dedicated preamble on the selected carrier.
  • the network device sends a random access response message, also referred to as a second message, to the terminal device.
  • the network device determines that the terminal device initiates small data transmission based on random access, and the network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device, which may carry a temporary Temporary cell radio network temporary identifier (TC-RNTI), timing advance, and uplink grants assigned to terminal equipment.
  • TC-RNTI Temporary cell radio network temporary identifier
  • the TC-RNTI is used to identify the terminal equipment under the air interface of a cell.
  • the terminal device sends a third message to the network device.
  • the terminal device sends a third message on the uplink grant allocated to it in the second message, where the third message includes uplink data and an RRC recovery request.
  • a buffer status report (BSR) may also be included, such as a BSR MAC CE, which is used to indicate the current buffer information to the network device.
  • a release assistance indication (RAI) may also be included, where the RAI is used to indicate subsequent data information of the terminal device to the network device.
  • the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device.
  • the network device After receiving the RRC message and data sent by the terminal device, the network device sends a contention resolution message.
  • the contention resolution message does not contain RRC signaling.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the contention resolution message sent by the network device, it considers random access The process is successfully completed, at which point the TC-RNTI is upgraded to a C-RNTI. At this point, the terminal device is still in an inactive state.
  • the terminal device sends subsequent uplink data to the network device.
  • the network device can schedule the uplink grant for subsequent data transmission by using the C-RNTI dynamic scheduling method, and the subsequent data is transmitted on the uplink grant scheduled by the network device.
  • the network device may send downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to terminate the SDT process.
  • FIG. 3 shows the CG-based SDT (CG-based SDT) process.
  • the main processes include:
  • the terminal device when the terminal device meets the standard for initiating CG-based SDT, it initiates an SDT process on the selected NUL carrier or SUL carrier.
  • the terminal device in the inactive state may determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold, and the relationship between the RSRP and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, the SDT process is initiated.
  • the terminal device can also initiate the small data transmission process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold value SDT selection criteria, for example, the other information can be RSRQ, beam quality, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device performs carrier selection.
  • the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information.
  • the RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier.
  • the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may also select a carrier first, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. Alternatively, the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC recovery request message and uplink data to the network device.
  • the uplink message may also include auxiliary information of the terminal device, for example, may also include a buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR), where the BSR is used to indicate the current buffer information to the network device.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • RAI can also be used, and RAI is used to indicate the subsequent data information of the terminal device to the network device.
  • the network device replies with a response message.
  • the response message may be a layer 1 acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK) or a radio link control (radio link control, RLC) ACK.
  • ACK acknowledgement
  • RLC radio link control
  • the terminal device sends subsequent uplink data to the network device.
  • the network device may schedule the grant for subsequent data transmission by using the C-RNTI for dynamic scheduling, and the subsequent data is transmitted on the uplink grant scheduled by the network device.
  • the network device may send downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to terminate the SDT process.
  • the carrier switching method proposed in this application will be described in detail.
  • the terminal equipment chooses to execute CG -SDT, otherwise the terminal device chooses to perform RA-SDT.
  • CG-SDT small data transmission
  • the present application provides various methods for switching carriers, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 10 respectively. It should be understood that these carrier switching methods can be used in combination with each other. For example, it may be that a certain process in the process of the terminal device accessing the network device uses one method and another process uses another method, or a certain process in the process of the terminal device accessing the network device uses both a method. One method uses another method.
  • the present application provides a variety of carrier switching methods. It should be understood that the steps in the embodiments of the present application may not be partially executed, and the steps in the embodiments of the present application may not strictly follow the order of the examples, which is not limited in the present application. .
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a method 400 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4 , the method for switching carriers includes:
  • a terminal device sends first information to a network device.
  • the terminal device determines the information of the reference signal measured by the current cell. When certain conditions are met, the terminal device considers that the current uplink transmission carrier may need to be switched, and the terminal device needs to report the information of the reference signal to the network device.
  • the terminal device Send first information to the network device, where the first information is used by the network device to switch the current carrier of the terminal device to another carrier.
  • the information of the reference signal may be reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP) or reference signal receiving quality (reference signal receiving quality, RSRQ) or other reference signal information.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • RSRQ reference signal receiving quality
  • the first information may be carried in a medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE), for example, define an RSRP MAC CE for RSRP reporting, or use an RRC message It is reported to the network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • MAC medium access control
  • CE control element
  • the terminal device considers that the current carrier for uplink transmission needs to be switched, which may be determined by the terminal device according to the value of the current first information.
  • the terminal device initiates an SDT process to the network device when it meets the criteria for initiating SDT, and the terminal device selects a normal/normal uplink (NUL) carrier according to the downlink path loss with reference to RSRP Or a supplementary/supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier.
  • NUL normal/normal uplink
  • SUL supplementary/supplementary uplink
  • the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information.
  • the RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection.
  • the terminal device measures the RSRP of the current cell, and if the RSRP is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier.
  • the terminal device can always measure, the terminal device can determine to send the first information to the network device according to the range of the current measurement value, and the network device determines the switching of the uplink carrier based on the first information. For example, when the terminal device currently transmits on the NUL carrier, if the RSRP measured by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold and less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the RSRP measurement value to the network device, and the measurement value can be used by the network device. For reference, when the network device determines to configure time-frequency resources for transmission on the SUL carrier for the terminal device, it can be understood that the network device determines to switch the uplink carrier from the NUL carrier to the SUL carrier.
  • the terminal device when the current terminal device is on the SUL carrier, if the terminal device measures RSRP greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the terminal device sends the RSRP measurement value to the network device, and the measurement value can be used by the network device for reference. , the network device determines to configure time-frequency resources for transmission on the NUL carrier for the terminal device, which can be understood as the network device determines to switch the uplink carrier from the current SUL carrier to the NUL carrier.
  • the first threshold may be the current carrier selection RSRP threshold
  • the value of the second threshold may be related to the first threshold, that is, a compensation value is added on the basis of the first threshold.
  • the value of the compensation amount is configured by the network device in the system information or configured by the network device in the last RRC release message.
  • the second threshold value may also be a new defined threshold value, that is, it is understood as a preset threshold value.
  • the terminal device when the value of RSRP is smaller, until it is in the range of the carrier selection threshold to the carrier selection threshold plus a compensation amount, or until it is in the range of the carrier selection threshold to the preset threshold, the terminal device according to the change of RSRP (gradually decreasing) It is predicted in advance that the RSRP may be smaller than the carrier selection threshold (the NUL selection condition is not met, but the SUL selection condition is met), therefore, sending the RSRP measurement value to the network device can make the network device predict the change trend in advance , so as to allocate time-frequency resources for uplink transmission to the terminal equipment, where the time-frequency resources are the time-frequency resources on the SUL carrier.
  • the third threshold and the fourth threshold may also be related to the current carrier selection RSRP threshold.
  • the third threshold may be a value obtained by subtracting a compensation amount from the carrier selection RSRP threshold, or may be the above-mentioned first threshold.
  • the fourth threshold may be the carrier selection RSRP threshold, or may be the above-mentioned second threshold.
  • the third threshold value and the fourth threshold value may also be a new defined threshold value, that is, it is understood as a preset threshold value.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, and the first information is used by the network device to switch the auxiliary uplink SUL carrier to the normal uplink
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, and the first information is used by the network device to switch the auxiliary uplink SUL carrier to the normal uplink
  • the device predicts in advance that the RSRP may be greater than or equal to the carrier selection threshold (the SUL selection condition is not satisfied, but the NUL selection condition is satisfied) according to the change of the RSRP (gradually increasing), therefore, sending the RSRP measurement value to the network device can make
  • the network device predicts the change trend in advance, so as to allocate the time-frequency resource for uplink transmission on the time-frequency resource NUL carrier for data transmission to the terminal device.
  • preset may include predefined definitions, for example, protocol definitions.
  • pre-definition can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device, and this application does not limit the specific implementation means.
  • the above threshold may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, for example, may be sent to the terminal device through system information or provided to the terminal device in the previous RRC release message.
  • the network device sends downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) to the terminal device.
  • downlink control information downlink control information, DCI
  • the network device switches the uplink carrier of the terminal device according to the first information, that is, the network device configures the terminal device through DCI information of uplink transmission resources of other carriers.
  • the terminal device reports the first information, and the network device configures the terminal device with time-frequency resources for uplink transmission based on the first information.
  • Different carriers enable terminal devices in a disconnected state to implement carrier switching, which ensures the reliability and accuracy of uplink data transmission.
  • the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state or other states. is not in a connected state. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a method 500 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the carrier selected by the terminal device is not configured with CG resources, or the CG resources are invalid or do not meet the requirements for initiating CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected due to the condition of CG transmission, therefore, the terminal device initiates random access small data transmission on the selected carrier.
  • the method for switching carriers includes:
  • the terminal device when the terminal device meets the standard for initiating SDT based on random access, it initiates an SDT process on the selected NUL carrier or SUL carrier.
  • the terminal device in the inactive state may determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold, and the relationship between the RSRP and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and when the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, a small data transmission process is initiated.
  • the terminal device may also determine to initiate the SDT process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold.
  • the other information may be RSRQ, beam quality, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device performs carrier selection.
  • the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information.
  • the RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier.
  • the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device may also select a carrier first, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. transmission.
  • the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device sends a first message to the network device.
  • the terminal device sends the random access preamble on the selected carrier, where the terminal device may choose to send the random access preamble on a random access occasion dedicated to SDT, or the terminal device may choose to send the random access preamble on the selected carrier.
  • the SDT dedicated preamble is sent on the carrier.
  • the network device sends a random access response message, also referred to as a second message, to the terminal device.
  • the network device determines that the terminal device initiates small data transmission based on random access, and the network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device, which may carry TC- RNTI, timing advance, and uplink grants assigned to terminal devices.
  • the TC-RNTI is used to identify the terminal equipment under the air interface of a cell.
  • the terminal device sends a third message to the network device.
  • the terminal device sends a third message on the uplink grant allocated to it in the second message, where the third message includes uplink data and an RRC recovery request.
  • a buffer status report (BSR) may also be included, and the buffer report may be a BSR MAC CE, and the BSR MAC CE is used to indicate the current buffer information to the network device.
  • a release assistance indication (RAI) may also be included, where the RAI is used to indicate subsequent data information of the terminal device to the network device.
  • the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device.
  • the network device After receiving the RRC message and data sent by the terminal device, the network device sends a contention resolution message.
  • the contention resolution message does not contain RRC signaling, and the random access process is considered to be successfully completed.
  • the TC-RNTI is upgraded to C- RNTI.
  • the terminal device is still in an inactive state.
  • the terminal device sends auxiliary information to the network device.
  • the auxiliary information may be, for example, information of reference signals measured by the cell where the terminal device is located, including RSRP information, RSRQ information, or beam quality information, and the like.
  • the terminal device determines that the RSRP measurement value at this time needs to be reported to the network device according to the range of the RSRP value obtained by the measurement.
  • this step 507 may also be performed simultaneously with step 505, or the above-mentioned third message may also carry the auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information can also be sent simultaneously with the uplink data bearer in the following step 509 in the same message, or performed simultaneously with the step 509 .
  • the step 507 can also be before or after any other steps, in other words, the step 507 and the other steps have no necessary sequence.
  • this step may also be that the terminal device reports a measurement report to the network device.
  • the terminal device in the disconnected state, the terminal device always measures the reference signal information of the cell, and when the measurement result of the terminal device meets the triggering condition of the measurement event, the terminal device reports the measurement result to the network device.
  • the reference signal may be RSRP or RSRQ or beam quality
  • the information of the reference signal may include RSRP information or RSRQ information or beam quality information
  • the measurement result may be RSRP information or RSRQ information of the cell where it is located. information or beam quality, etc.
  • the measurement event may be an A2 event.
  • the description of the A2 event is that when the sum of the measurement result of the serving cell and the hysteresis parameter of the event is lower than a certain threshold, the terminal device will trigger the A2 event and report the measurement result. If the condition is not met, the measurement result will not be reported.
  • the threshold can be flexibly set according to different scenarios. If the network device receives the report of the measurement result, it means that the quality of the carrier signal of the cell accessed by the terminal device is poor, and the terminal device is less likely to approach the network device site, that is, it is likely to be located at the edge of the network device site. The probability that the terminal equipment is covered by the high-frequency energy-saving carrier is also smaller.
  • the reference signal is RSRP and the measurement result is RSRP
  • the following two scenarios may be included:
  • the terminal device When initiating SDT, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier for uplink data transmission according to the RSRP greater than or equal to the carrier selection threshold. During subsequent data transmission, the terminal device measures the RSRP value. If the RSRP measured by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold value When it is less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the RSRP measurement value to the network device, the measurement value can be used for reference by the network device, and the network device can decide whether to configure the transmission time-frequency on the SUL carrier for the terminal device according to the measurement value. resource.
  • the terminal device When initiating SDT, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier for uplink data transmission according to the RSRP being less than or equal to the carrier selection threshold. During subsequent data transmission, if the terminal device measures RSRP greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold , the terminal device sends the RSRP measurement value to the network device, and the measurement value can be used by the network device for reference, whether to configure the time-frequency resources transmitted on the NUL carrier for the terminal device.
  • first to fourth thresholds in this embodiment correspond to the first to fourth thresholds in FIG. 4 , respectively.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device.
  • the network device switches the carrier according to the information of the reference signal reported by the terminal device, and dynamically schedules the uplink grant on the switched carrier by means of DCI for subsequent data transmission.
  • the above-mentioned network device switching carriers may not perform this action directly, that is, the network device indicates that the carrier switching is performed by the uplink grants of other carriers carried in the DCI.
  • the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device.
  • the terminal device after receiving the DCI sent by the network device, the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission on the uplink grant of the switched carrier scheduled by the DCI.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process.
  • the terminal device may remain in the disconnected state, or may be directly released to the idle state.
  • the network device can switch the uplink transmission carrier for the terminal device according to the auxiliary information reported by the terminal device, that is, the uplink transmission resource scheduled by the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device can be located on the switched carrier.
  • the network device may also not perform carrier switching after receiving the auxiliary information.
  • the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state or other states. is not in a connected state. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal equipment reports the measured reference signal information, such as RSRP information, to the network equipment, so that the network equipment configures the authorized time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission according to the measured RSRP information.
  • the authorized resources for uplink data transmission on the carrier enable the terminal equipment in the disconnected state to implement carrier switching, which ensures the accuracy and reliability of the data transmitted in the uplink.
  • the threshold selection range of the reported measured RSRP information is in the critical range of the carrier selection threshold, that is, the network device can determine whether the terminal device switches the carrier according to the change trend of the RSRP reported by the terminal device.
  • the frequency resources are used for subsequent uplink transmission, which further improves the reliability of uplink transmission.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a method 600 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This embodiment is mainly aimed at that when the terminal device reports the measurement result to the network device, the method is compared with the method shown in FIG. 5 . It may also include two steps of measurement event configuration request and measurement event configuration.
  • the carrier selected by the terminal equipment is not configured with CG resources, or the CG resources are invalid or do not meet the conditions for initiating CG transmission, so CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected. Random access small data transmission is initiated on the selected carrier.
  • the method for switching carriers includes:
  • a terminal device sends a measurement report configuration request message to a network device.
  • the terminal device sends a request message to the network device.
  • the request message is used to request the network device for the configuration of measurement reporting.
  • the configuration for measurement reporting may be the configuration of a measurement reporting trigger event, such as a measurement reporting trigger event. threshold, etc.
  • the terminal equipment When the measurement event is described as serving cell quality lower than a certain threshold, the terminal equipment will report the measurement result or measurement report of the measurement event.
  • the measurement event may be an A2 event.
  • the description of the A2 event is that when the quality of the serving cell is lower than a certain threshold, the terminal device will report the A2 event, and if the condition is not met, the A2 event will not be reported, and the threshold can be flexibly set according to different scenarios.
  • the measurement reporting event may be a new event for performing measurement reporting in a disconnected state.
  • the request message is not necessary, and when the method for switching carriers as shown in FIG. 6 is adopted, the terminal device may not need to send the request message to the network device.
  • the network device sends measurement reporting configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the measurement reporting configuration information may include configuration information of a measurement reporting triggering event, where the measurement reporting configuration information is used by the terminal device to determine to trigger the measurement reporting in the RRC inactive state.
  • the measurement reporting trigger event may be an A2 event.
  • the measurement reporting trigger event may be a new event used for measurement reporting in a disconnected state.
  • the configuration information of the A2 event can be added to any message capable of carrying the measurement configuration information.
  • a new information element (IE) is added to some information elements of the release message to configure the A2 event.
  • the configuration information of the event can be added to any message that can carry the measurement configuration information.
  • the network device can release the terminal device to enter the In the RRC disconnected state, a new information element (information element, IE) is added to some information elements of the RRC release message to configure this event.
  • IE information element
  • a trigger event for triggering measurement reporting of the terminal equipment may be reconfigured or added in the RRC release message.
  • the RRC release message carries a report configuration, where the report configuration includes a triggering event for measurement reporting, and further, the triggering event includes a threshold for triggering measurement reporting.
  • a possible implementation manner for example, adding an a2-Threshold to eventA2 in the "EventTriggerConfig" information element for triggering the A2 event in the inactive state of the terminal device, such as a2-Threshold-I.
  • the threshold for event A2 can be reconfigured.
  • an offset field may be added to the "ReportConfigNR" information element for measurement in an inactive state of the terminal device.
  • EventTriggerConfig information element in the RRC release message, for example, eventA2-I, which is used for the terminal equipment in the inactive state.
  • eventA2-I which is used for the terminal equipment in the inactive state.
  • the measurement results of A2 events are reported.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the configuration information, if the triggering conditions of the measurement reporting event are met, the measurement result reporting is triggered.
  • the terminal device measures the reference signal information of the serving cell where it is located, and the specific content of the measured reference signal information may be RSRP and/or RSRQ, and may also be beam quality.
  • the terminal device compares the measurement result with a preset threshold, wherein the threshold is configured by the network device according to actual needs, which is not limited in this application.
  • the measurement event configuration request message may send the request message to the network device when the terminal device is in the connected state, or may send the request message to the network device after the terminal device enters the disconnected state. Not limited.
  • Step 603 corresponds to step 501 shown in FIG. 5
  • step 604 corresponds to step 502 shown in FIG. 5
  • step 605 corresponds to step 503 shown in FIG. 5
  • step 606 corresponds to step 504 shown in FIG.
  • step 608 shown in FIG. 5 correspond to step 506 shown in FIG. 5 , and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device triggers measurement reporting, and reports the measurement result to the network device.
  • the measurement reporting trigger event may be an A2 event.
  • the measurement result + hysteresis parameter that is, the hysteresis defined for the event in ReportConfigNR
  • the measurement result reporting is triggered, that is, Trigger into A2 or event.
  • the selection of the threshold varies according to the above-mentioned A2 event configuration, and may correspondingly include: a2-Threshold-1 or a2-Threshold or a2-Threshold+offset.
  • the measurement reporting trigger event may be a new event for measurement reporting in the disconnected state, such as A2-I, etc.
  • the measurement result + hysteresis parameter is satisfied (that is, in ReportConfigNR is When the hysteresis defined by this event is less than or equal to the threshold, the measurement result is triggered to report.
  • the threshold is configured in the corresponding event.
  • Step 610 corresponds to step 508 shown in FIG. 5
  • step 611 corresponds to step 509 shown in FIG. 5
  • step 612 corresponds to step 510 shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state Or other states that are not connected. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
  • the inactive state download wave switching mechanism is introduced, and the terminal device By reporting auxiliary information or reporting measurement results, the base station can perform carrier switching through DCI scheduling according to the reported information, thereby ensuring successful transmission of subsequent SDT data.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a method 700 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the carrier selected by the terminal device is not configured with CG resources or CG
  • the CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected because the resources are invalid or the conditions for initiating CG transmission are not met. Therefore, the terminal device initiates random access small data transmission on the selected carrier.
  • the terminal device initiates random access small data transmission on the selected carrier.
  • the method for switching carriers includes:
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to enter the disconnected state.
  • the RRC release message may carry the configuration of the SRS, for example, may include a transmission period or a transmission frequency.
  • the terminal device in the inactive state may determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold and the relationship between the RSRP and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and when the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, a small data transmission process is initiated.
  • the terminal device may also determine to initiate the SDT process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold.
  • the other information may be RSRQ, beam quality, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device performs carrier selection.
  • the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information.
  • the RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier.
  • the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device can first select the carrier, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. transmission.
  • the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device sends the first message.
  • the terminal equipment When the terminal equipment in the inactive state satisfies the SDT selection criteria, the terminal equipment selects the NUL or SUL carrier according to the RSRP threshold configured in the system information, and initiates SDT on the selected carrier. At this time, if the carrier selected by the terminal device is not configured with CG resources or does not meet the conditions for initiating CG transmission and cannot select CG-based small data transmission, the terminal device initiates a random access-based SDT process.
  • the terminal device sends a first message to the network device on the selected carrier, where the first message may be a random access preamble.
  • the random access preamble may be a preamble sent by the terminal device at the random access opportunity for SDT, or may be a dedicated preamble of SDT, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device sends a second message.
  • the network device determines, based on the first message sent by the terminal device, that the terminal device has initiated SDT based on random access, and the network device sends a second message to the terminal device in response to the first message, where the second message may be a random access Incoming response, the response message may include TC-RNTI, timing advance and uplink grant.
  • the terminal device sends a third message.
  • the terminal device after receiving the second message, the terminal device sends a third message on the uplink grant in the second message, where the uplink data and the RRC recovery request are multiplexed in the third message.
  • the uplink message may also include BSR MAC CE or RAI, which is used to indicate to the network device information about subsequent data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the network device sends a fourth message.
  • the network device After receiving the RRC message and data sent by the terminal device, the network device sends a contention resolution message.
  • the contention resolution message does not contain RRC signaling, and the random access process is considered to be successfully completed.
  • the TC-RNTI is upgraded to C- RNTI.
  • the terminal device is still in an inactive state.
  • the terminal device sends the SRS.
  • the terminal device sends the SRS to the network device.
  • the premise for the terminal device to send the SRS is that the network device sends the SRS configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information can be configured in the process shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device enters the RRC release message in the inactive state, that is, step 701 .
  • the SRS configuration information can also be configured in the above-mentioned fourth message, wherein the fourth message can multiplex an RRC release message in addition to the contention, and the RRC release message is used to configure the SRS to the terminal device, but the The release message includes indication information, which is used to indicate that the message is used to send the SRS configuration without terminating the SDT process.
  • the terminal device can also request the SRS configuration from the network device first, and the terminal device can send request information to the network device.
  • the request information can be carried in the above-mentioned third message, that is, the third message is the terminal device.
  • the third message to initiate the SDT procedure.
  • the request configuration information may also be sent to the network device through the terminal device in the non-SDT random access.
  • the terminal device sends the SRS to the network device.
  • the terminal device starts to determine to send the SRS only after receiving the fourth message sent by the network device, that is, after the contention is successfully resolved. It should be noted that the time period for sending the SRS needs to be before the end of the SDT process, that is, when the contention resolution process is completed until the end of the SDT process, the terminal device can send the SRS to the network device within the configured SRS sending period.
  • the SRS can be sent in the whole process after the terminal device initiates the SDT.
  • the terminal device sends the SRS.
  • the fifth threshold may be the above-mentioned carrier selection RSRP threshold
  • the sixth threshold may correspond to the value of the fifth threshold, for example, a compensation value is added to the fifth threshold.
  • the scenario corresponds to that the terminal device speculates that the signal quality may be lower than the carrier selection threshold. If the terminal device transmits uplink data on the NUL carrier at this time, then the SRS sent by the terminal device is expected to be configured by the network device for the terminal device. Time-frequency resources transmitted on the SUL carrier.
  • the terminal device when the signal quality measured by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold and less than or equal to the eighth threshold, the terminal device sends the SRS.
  • the sixth threshold may be a value obtained by subtracting a compensation amount from the carrier selection RSRP threshold, or may also be the aforementioned fifth threshold
  • the eighth threshold may be the carrier selection RSRP threshold or the aforementioned sixth threshold value of .
  • the seventh threshold and the eighth threshold may also be a new defined threshold.
  • the scenario corresponds to that the terminal device speculates that the signal quality may be greater than the carrier selection threshold. If the terminal device transmits uplink data on the SUL carrier at this time, then the SRS sent by the terminal device is expected to be configured by the network device for the terminal device. Time-frequency resources transmitted on the NUL carrier.
  • the above threshold and compensation amount are pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, for example, may be sent to the terminal device through system information or provided to the terminal device in the previous RRC release message.
  • the condition may be after the terminal device sends the first data packet to the network device.
  • the network device performs measurement.
  • the network device After receiving the SRS sent by the terminal device, the network device performs RSRP or RSRQ measurement of the SRS.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device.
  • the network device determines whether the current carrier of the terminal device needs to be switched according to the measurement result. For example, when the network device measures the RSRP of the SRS, when the measured RSRP value of the network device is greater than the carrier selection RSRP threshold, at this time, if the current carrier of the terminal device is SUL, the network device can switch the carrier to NUL for the terminal device, that is, The network device schedules the authorized resources of the NUL carrier for the terminal device through the DCI, which is used for the subsequent data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the network device can switch the carrier to SUL for the terminal device. If the current carrier of the terminal device is SUL, the network device can not Switch the carrier for the terminal device.
  • the network device may also use 1 bit in the DCI to indicate that the carrier of the terminal device has been switched. For example, when the bit is 0, it can indicate that the resource dynamically scheduled by the network device is NUL. Grant on the carrier, when the bit is 1, it can indicate that the resource dynamically scheduled by the network device is the grant on the SUL carrier.
  • 0 can also be used to indicate that the network device has not switched the current carrier of the terminal device, and 1 can be used to indicate that the network device has switched the current carrier of the terminal device.
  • the bits in the DCI may be redundant bits, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission.
  • the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission on the corresponding authorized resource based on the scheduling or instruction of the network device.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. It should be understood that at this time, the terminal device still remains in a disconnected state.
  • the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state or other states. is not in a connected state. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device measures the SRS sent by the terminal device.
  • the network device can switch the carrier for subsequent data transmission by the terminal device, so that the uplink data of the terminal device can be reliable. and accurate transmission.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of a method 800 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the carrier selected by the terminal device is not configured with CG resources or the CG resources are invalid or do not meet the requirements for initiating CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected due to the condition of CG transmission, therefore, the terminal device initiates random access small data transmission on the selected carrier.
  • the method for switching carriers includes:
  • a terminal device when a terminal device is in a disconnected state, it will perform RSRP measurement, but cannot switch carriers autonomously.
  • the method provided by this embodiment of the present application enables the terminal device in a disconnected state to autonomously choose whether to perform the measurement according to the measurement result. carrier switching and indicate it to the network equipment.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device selects small data transmission based on random access, after the contention resolution is completed, due to the existence of subsequent data, for example, there is still data to be transmitted in the buffer area of the terminal device or there is the next new SDT The data arrives, at this time, the terminal device will continue to transmit the subsequent data on the current carrier.
  • S801 to S806 respectively correspond to steps 501 to 506 shown in FIG. 5 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device performs carrier switching according to the measurement result.
  • the terminal equipment when the current carrier of the terminal equipment is NUL, if the terminal equipment determines that the current RSRP is less than the first threshold according to the measurement result, for example, when the first threshold may be the carrier selection RSRP threshold, the terminal equipment autonomously switches the NUL carrier to the SUL carrier . Or, when the current carrier of the terminal device is SUL, if the terminal device determines according to the measurement result that the current RSRP is greater than or equal to the first threshold, for example, when the first threshold may be the carrier selection RSRP threshold, the terminal device autonomously switches the SUL carrier to the NUL carrier .
  • the terminal device can start a timer at the same time, and the timer can be a dedicated timer for carrier switching. During the running of the timer, the terminal device cannot The carrier switching is performed autonomously. When the timer expires and the RSRP of the terminal device still does not meet the RSRP threshold of the current carrier, the terminal device can perform the autonomous carrier switching.
  • the timer may be configured by the network device in system information.
  • the terminal device switches the carrier based on the measurement result, the random access-based SDT process or the traditional random access process or the configured authorized SDT process will be triggered, respectively corresponding to FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 , and FIG. 10 .
  • the terminal device sends a random access preamble.
  • the random access preamble may be a preamble sent by the terminal device at the random access opportunity used for SDT, or may be a dedicated preamble of SDT, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device sends a response message.
  • the network device determines that the terminal device triggers the random access procedure of the SDT on the switched carrier. In response to the random access procedure, the network device sends a response message to the terminal device.
  • the response message may carry a temporary C-RNTI, such as a TC-RNTI, a timing advance TA, and an uplink grant resource for subsequent data transmission. It should be understood that, The uplink grant resource is on the carrier after the handover.
  • the terminal device sends uplink data.
  • the terminal device after receiving the uplink grant resource sent by the network device, the terminal device sends an uplink message on the resource, where the uplink message includes uplink small data.
  • the uplink message may also include the identity information of the UE, such as C-RNTI or TC-RNTI.
  • the message carrying the uplink data may not include the RRC recovery request message, but only the C-RNTI MAC CE, which can avoid the recovery of the integrity message authentication code (message authentication code for) in the RRC recovery request message. integrity, resumeMAC-I) security risk of reuse.
  • the network device sends a contention resolution message.
  • the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device, and the contention resolution message indicates that the contention resolution is successful.
  • the TC-RNTI of the terminal device is upgraded to a C-RNTI and is still in a disconnected state.
  • the TC-RNTI of the terminal device is upgraded to a C-RNTI, and the C-RNTI replaces the value of the C-RNTI in S805.
  • the network device When subsequent data transmission continues, the network device will continue to configure the time-frequency resource grant for the terminal device to transmit uplink data through DCI.
  • the grant is the uplink grant resource on the carrier after the switch, and can also be understood as the uplink where the S810 message is sent. carrier, and then the terminal device sends subsequent data on the uplink grant scheduled by the network device. If the terminal equipment continues to measure and finds that the switching conditions are met, that is, the process described in step 807, the terminal equipment will switch the carrier again, and the steps 807 to 811 will be repeated again.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. At this time, the terminal device is still in a disconnected state.
  • the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state state or other states that are not connected. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device in the disconnected state automatically switches the carrier based on the measurement result, and notifies the network to perform uplink carrier switching, which ensures that the data in the small data transmission process can be successfully transmitted, and ensures the transmission of uplink data. accuracy.
  • the terminal device starts the carrier switching timer after switching the carrier autonomously, it can also avoid the "ping-pong effect" caused by frequent carrier switching, improve the efficiency of data transmission, and save power consumption.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of a method 900 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , after the terminal device switches carriers autonomously, a traditional random access process is triggered, that is, subsequent data transmission will be Transmission in the connected state of the terminal device.
  • S901 to S907 correspond to steps 801 to 807 in the above-mentioned process shown in FIG. 8 respectively, and are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device.
  • the preamble is a traditional random access preamble, and is distinguished from the SDT dedicated preamble. Or optionally, the random access timing of the preamble transmission is different from the timing of the SDT process.
  • the network device sends a random access response to the terminal device.
  • the network device determines, according to the preamble sent by the terminal device, that the terminal device has initiated a traditional random access procedure, and in response to the traditional random access, the network device sends the response message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC recovery request message to the network device.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery request through the uplink common control channel, where the request message may carry the identification information of the UE (for example, UEID such as C-RNTI or TC-RNTI), the reason for connection recovery (the terminal-originated information information such as command, terminal-originated data, terminal-originated abnormal data, or terminal-terminated call) and restoration integrity message authentication code resumeMAC-I.
  • the request message may carry the identification information of the UE (for example, UEID such as C-RNTI or TC-RNTI), the reason for connection recovery (the terminal-originated information information such as command, terminal-originated data, terminal-originated abnormal data, or terminal-terminated call) and restoration integrity message authentication code resumeMAC-I.
  • the identification information of the UE for example, UEID such as C-RNTI or TC-RNTI
  • the reason for connection recovery the terminal-originated information information information such as command, terminal-originated data, terminal-originated abnormal data, or terminal-termin
  • the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to enter the connected state. Then, the untransmitted small data will be transmitted after the terminal device enters the connected state.
  • the contention resolution message may be an RRC recovery message, or the contention resolution message may be sent to the terminal device together with the RRC recovery message.
  • the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device.
  • the terminal device transmits uplink data on the switched uplink carrier.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device.
  • the network device schedules the terminal device through the DCI to schedule authorized resources of an uplink carrier different from the current uplink carrier for the terminal device to transmit subsequent data.
  • the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission.
  • the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission on the corresponding authorized resource based on the scheduling or instruction of the network device.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. It should be understood that at this time, the terminal device still remains in a disconnected state.
  • the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state or other states. is not in a connected state. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device after autonomously switching the carrier, the terminal device triggers a traditional random access procedure on the switched carrier, requests to enter the connected state, and transmits subsequent small data in the connected state.
  • terminal equipment can switch carriers autonomously without scheduling through network equipment, which saves resources, improves the efficiency of uplink data transmission, and ensures that subsequent small data can be successfully transmitted.
  • the terminal equipment switches carriers autonomously, when the selected carrier is configured with CG-SDT resources, the terminal equipment initiates CG-SDT on the selected carrier.
  • the process shown in FIG. 10 is different from the process shown in the above embodiment The same steps are not repeated here.
  • the carrier selected by the terminal device does not have CG resources configured or the CG resources are invalid or do not meet the conditions for initiating CG transmission, so CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected. Therefore, the terminal device cannot select CG-based small data transmission.
  • a random access small data transmission is initiated on the selected carrier.
  • the method for switching carriers includes:
  • S1001 to S1006 are the same as steps 501 to 506 shown in FIG. 5 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device switches the carrier.
  • the terminal device switches the current uplink carrier according to the measurement result, if the terminal device determines that the currently switched carrier is configured with the configured uplink grant and the CG resource is valid, And if the conditions for initiating CG-based transmission are met, the subsequent small data of the terminal device will be transmitted based on the configured authorization.
  • the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device.
  • the terminal device performs the SDT process of the CG on the currently switched carrier.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device.
  • the network device schedules the terminal device through the DCI to schedule authorized resources of an uplink carrier different from the current uplink carrier for the terminal device to transmit subsequent data.
  • the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission.
  • the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission on the corresponding authorized resource based on the scheduling or instruction of the network device.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. It should be understood that at this time, the terminal device still remains in a disconnected state.
  • the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state state or other states that are not connected. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device autonomously performs carrier switching, which facilitates the dynamic scheduling of further subsequent data by the network device, and ensures that in the disconnected state, the terminal device can Successful transfer of small data.
  • Fig. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a method 1100 for carrier switching provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal device initially initiates a carrier switching based on a small data transmission standard on a selected carrier. Configured authorized small data transfers.
  • the carrier switching method includes:
  • the terminal device in the inactive state may determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold and the relationship between the RSRP and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and when the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, a small data transmission process is initiated.
  • the terminal device may also determine to initiate the SDT process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold.
  • the other information may be RSRQ, beam quality, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device performs carrier selection.
  • the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information.
  • the RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier.
  • the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device can first select the carrier, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. transmission.
  • the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device sends uplink data on the CG resource of the selected uplink carrier.
  • the terminal device after initiating CG-SDT, the terminal device sends an uplink message on the resource, and the uplink message includes uplink small data. Optionally, it also includes an RRC recovery request message.
  • the network device replies with a response message.
  • the response message may be, the response message may be an acknowledgement message (acknowledgement, ACK) of layer 1 or an ACK of radio link control (radio link control, RLC).
  • acknowledgement acknowledgement
  • RLC radio link control
  • the terminal device performs carrier switching according to the measurement result.
  • the S1103 may also be a combination of S401 and S402.
  • the terminal device sends uplink data on the switched carrier.
  • the terminal device sends subsequent uplink data on the uplink authorized resource on the switched carrier.
  • the terminal device S110 and S807 perform the same process. If there are configured authorized resources on the switched carrier, the terminal device sends uplink data on the switched carrier based on the configured authorized resources.
  • the terminal device S1103 is a combination of S401 and S402, and the terminal device sends uplink data on the uplink transmission resource configured in S402.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message.
  • the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. At this time, the terminal device is still in a disconnected state.
  • the terminal device in the disconnected state automatically switches the carrier based on the measurement result, and notifies the network to perform uplink carrier switching, or the terminal device reports auxiliary information or measurement results, etc., and the network device is based on the information reported by the terminal device.
  • Configure a time-frequency resource for uplink transmission for the terminal device, and the time-frequency resource for uplink transmission is on a carrier different from the carrier of the first information, so that the terminal device in the disconnected state can implement carrier switching, ensuring that the small data transmission process.
  • the data can be successfully transmitted, which ensures the reliability and accuracy of uplink data transmission.
  • the RA-based SDT is used as an example for the initial data transmission process.
  • the terminal device will transmit data based on the configured authorization.
  • the first information will be sent by the terminal device to the network device on the carrier for which the authorization is configured.
  • the assistance information or the measurement report will be sent on the carrier for which the grant is configured.
  • the SRS will be sent on the carrier for which the grant is configured. sent on.
  • the initial data transmission from the method 800 to the method 1000 may still be authorization based on the configuration, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 10 for switching carriers may include a processing module 11 and a transceiver module 12 .
  • the apparatus 10 for switching carriers may correspond to the network equipment in the above method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 10 for switching carriers may correspond to the network equipment in method 400, method 500, method 600, method 700, method 800, method 900, and method 1000 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the apparatus 10 for switching carriers may Including for performing method 400 in FIG. 4 or method 500 in FIG. 5 or method 600 in FIG. 6 or method 700 in FIG. 7 or method 800 in FIG. 8 or method 900 in FIG. Modules of a method performed by a network device in method 1000.
  • each unit in the apparatus 10 for switching carriers and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are for implementing the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 respectively.
  • the transceiver module 12 may be used to execute steps 401 and 402 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 601 , 602 , and 605 to 612 in the method 600 .
  • the processing module 11 can be used to perform step 709 in the method 700 .
  • the transceiver module 12 can be used to perform steps 701 , steps 704 to 708 , and steps 710 to 712 in the method 700 .
  • the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 803 to 806 and steps 808 to 812 in the method 800 .
  • the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 903 to 906 and steps 908 to 915 in the method 900 .
  • the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 1003 to 1006 and steps 1008 to 1011 in the method 1000 .
  • the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 1103 to 1104 and steps 1106 to 1107 in the method 1100 .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 20 for switching carriers may include a transceiver module 21 and a processing module 22 .
  • the apparatus 20 for switching carriers may correspond to the terminal equipment in the above method embodiments, or a chip configured in the terminal equipment.
  • the apparatus 20 for switching carriers may correspond to the terminal equipment in the methods 400 , 500 , 600 , 700 , 800 , 900 , and 1000 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the apparatus for switching carriers 20 may include methods for performing method 400 in FIG. 4 or method 500 in FIG. 5 or method 600 in FIG. 6 or method 700 in FIG. 7 or method 800 in FIG. 8 or method 900 in FIG.
  • the units in the apparatus 20 for switching carriers and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively for implementing the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 .
  • the transceiver module 21 can be used to perform steps 401 and 402 in the method 400 .
  • the transceiver module 21 can be used to perform steps 503 to 510 in the method 500 .
  • the processing module 22 may be used to perform steps 501 and 502 in the method 500 .
  • the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 601 and 602 , and steps 605 to 612 in the method 600 .
  • the processing module 22 can be used to perform steps 603 and 604 in the method 600 .
  • the transceiver module 21 can be used to perform steps 701 , 704 to 708 , and 710 to 712 in the method 700 .
  • the processing module 22 may be configured to perform steps 702 and 703 in the method 700 .
  • the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 803 to 806 and steps 808 to 812 in the method 800 .
  • the processing module 22 can be used to execute steps 801 , 802 , and 807 in the method 800 .
  • the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 903 to 906 and steps 908 to 915 in the method 900 .
  • the processing module 22 can be used to execute steps 901 , 902 and 907 in the method 900 .
  • the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 1003 to 1006 and steps 1008 to 1011 in the method 1000 .
  • the processing module 22 can be used to execute steps 1001 , 1002 and 1007 in the method 1000 .
  • the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 1103 to 1104 and steps 1106 to 1107 in the method 1100 .
  • the processing module 22 can be used to execute steps 1101 , 1102 , and 1105 in the method 1100 .
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 30 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the apparatus 30 may be a network device, including a network element with an access management function, such as an AMF.
  • the apparatus 30 may include a processor 31 (ie, an example of a processing module) and a memory 32 .
  • the memory 32 is used for storing instructions
  • the processor 31 is used for executing the instructions stored in the memory 32, so that the device 30 can realize the implementation of FIG. 4, FIG. 5, or FIG. 6, or FIG. 7, or FIG. The steps performed by the network device in the method corresponding to FIG. 11 .
  • the device 30 may further include an input port 33 (ie, an example of a transceiver module) and an output port 34 (ie, another example of a transceiver module).
  • the processor 31, the memory 32, the input port 33 and the output port 34 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 32 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 31 can be used to call and run the computer program from the memory 32 to control the input port 33 to receive signals, control the output port 34 to send signals, and complete the network device in the above method. step.
  • the memory 32 may be integrated in the processor 31 or may be provided separately from the processor 31 .
  • the input port 33 can be a receiver, and the output port 34 can be a transmitter.
  • the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the input port 33 is an input interface
  • the output port 34 is an output interface
  • the functions of the input port 33 and the output port 34 can be considered to be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • the processor 31 can be considered to be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor or a general-purpose chip.
  • a general-purpose computer may be used to implement the communication device provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the program codes that will implement the functions of the processor 31 , the input port 33 and the output port 34 are stored in the memory 32 , and the general-purpose processor implements the functions of the processor 31 , the input port 33 and the output port 34 by executing the codes in the memory 32 .
  • each unit or unit in the apparatus 30 for switching a carrier may be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the network device in the above method, and the detailed description thereof is omitted here in order to avoid redundant description.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 40 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 40 may be a terminal device.
  • the apparatus 40 may include a processor 41 (ie, an example of a processing module) and a memory 42 .
  • the memory 42 is used for storing instructions
  • the processor 41 is used for executing the instructions stored in the memory 42, so that the apparatus 40 can realize FIG. 4, FIG. 5, or FIG. 6, or FIG. 7, or FIG. 8, or FIG. Steps performed by the terminal device in FIG. 11 .
  • the device 40 may further include an input port 43 (ie, an example of a transceiver module) and an output port 44 (ie, another example of a transceiver module).
  • the processor 41, the memory 42, the input port 43 and the output port 44 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 42 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 41 can be used to call and run the computer program from the memory 42 to control the input port 43 to receive signals, control the output port 44 to send signals, and complete the process of the terminal device in the above method. step.
  • the memory 42 may be integrated in the processor 41 or may be provided separately from the processor 41 .
  • the input port 43 can be a receiver, and the output port 44 can be a transmitter.
  • the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the input port 43 is an input interface
  • the output port 44 is an output interface
  • the functions of the input port 43 and the output port 44 can be considered to be realized by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • the processor 41 can be considered to be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor or a general-purpose chip.
  • a general-purpose computer may be used to implement the communication device provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the program codes that will implement the functions of the processor 41 , the input port 43 and the output port 44 are stored in the memory 42 , and the general-purpose processor implements the functions of the processor 41 , the input port 43 and the output port 44 by executing the codes in the memory 42 .
  • the modules or units in the apparatus 40 for switching carriers may be used to perform actions or processing procedures performed by the terminal device in the above method, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here in order to avoid redundant descriptions.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 50 provided by the present application. For convenience of explanation, FIG. 16 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 16 , the terminal device 50 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, for example, for supporting the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. the described action.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, such as the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • the control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 16 only shows one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute A software program that processes data from the software program.
  • the processor in FIG. 14 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • a terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, a terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the terminal device 50 includes a transceiver unit 51 and a processing unit 52 .
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 51 may be regarded as a receiving unit
  • the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 51 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 51 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • the terminal device shown in FIG. 16 can perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above methods 400 , 500 , 600 or 700 or 800 or 900 or 1000 or 1100 , and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here to avoid redundant description.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM ESDRAM
  • Synchlink DRAM SLDRAM
  • Direct rambus RAM Direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a method and apparatus for switching a carrier. The method comprises: a terminal device sends first information to a network device, the first information comprising information of a reference signal of the terminal device, the first information being used for the network device to switch a first uplink carrier to a second uplink carrier, and the terminal device being in a non-connected state; and the terminal device receives downlink control information, the downlink control information carrying information about an uplink transmission resource, and the uplink transmission resource being on the second uplink carrier. The method provided in the present application enables the terminal device to implement carrier switching in the non-connected state, thereby ensuring the reliability and accuracy of uplink data transmission.

Description

一种切换载波的方法和装置A method and apparatus for switching carriers
本申请要求于2021年04月02日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110363533.6、申请名称为“一种切换载波的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110363533.6 and the application title "A method and device for switching carrier waves", which was filed with the China Patent Office on April 2, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且,更具体地,涉及一种切换载波的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for switching carriers.
背景技术Background technique
当前,用户设备(user equipment,UE)在无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)非连接态下进行小数据传输(small data transmission,SDT)时,当UE触发SDT后,所有的上行传输都保留在所选的载波上,不允许在传输过程中进行辅助/补充上行(supplementary uplink,SUL)载波和正常/普通上行(normal uplink,NUL)载波之间的切换。但是由于SDT过程中存在后续数据传输,当后续传输的信道环境等因素发生变化时,如果应该到NUL载波上传输的UE仍在SUL载波上传输,可能会导致SUL载波的负载过重,或者如果在NUL载波上传输的UE当传输条件发生变化,不满足NUL载波传输条件时,可能会导致UE无法在NUL载波继续传输后续数据。因此,如何在非连接态下实现载波切换,是一个亟待解决的问题。Currently, when a user equipment (UE) performs small data transmission (SDT) in the radio resource control (RRC) disconnected state, after the UE triggers SDT, all uplink transmissions are reserved On the selected carrier, switching between a supplementary/supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier and a normal/normal uplink (NUL) carrier is not allowed during transmission. However, due to subsequent data transmission in the SDT process, when the channel environment and other factors of subsequent transmission change, if the UE that should transmit on the NUL carrier is still transmitting on the SUL carrier, the SUL carrier may be overloaded, or if When the transmission conditions of the UE transmitting on the NUL carrier change and the transmission conditions of the NUL carrier are not satisfied, the UE may not be able to continue to transmit subsequent data on the NUL carrier. Therefore, how to implement carrier switching in a disconnected state is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种切换载波的方法和装置,使得终端设备可以在非连接态下实现载波切换,从而保证了上行数据传输的可靠性和准确性。The present application provides a method and apparatus for switching carriers, so that a terminal device can implement carrier switching in a disconnected state, thereby ensuring the reliability and accuracy of uplink data transmission.
第一方面,提供了一种切换载波的方法。该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。该方法包括:终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,该第一信息用于该网络设备将该第一载波切换成第二载波,该第一信息包括该终端设备的参考信号的信息,该终端设备处于非连接态;该终端设备接收下行控制信息,该下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息,该上行传输资源在该第二载波上。In a first aspect, a method for switching carriers is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application. The method includes: a terminal device sends first information to a network device, where the first information is used by the network device to switch the first carrier to a second carrier, the first information includes information of a reference signal of the terminal device, the terminal The device is in a disconnected state; the terminal device receives downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
基于上述方案,当终端设备在非连接态下有上行载波切换的需求时,通过终端设备向网络设备上报其参考信号的信息,可以使网络设备基于该第一信息为终端设备切换上行载波至第二载波,从而确保了后续数据传输的可靠性。Based on the above solution, when the terminal device needs to switch the uplink carrier in the disconnected state, the terminal device can report its reference signal information to the network device, so that the network device can switch the uplink carrier to the first information for the terminal device based on the first information. Two carriers, thus ensuring the reliability of subsequent data transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括参考信号接收功率或参考信号接收质量。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first information includes reference signal received power or reference signal received quality.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息大于或等于第一阈值且小于或等于第二阈值时,该终端设备向该网络设备发送该第一信息,该第一信息用于该网络设备将普通上行链路NUL载波切换成辅助上行链路SUL载波。或者,该第一信息大于或 等于第三阈值且小于或等于第四阈值时,该终端设备向该网络设备发送第一信息,该第一信息用于该网络设备将辅助上行链路SUL载波切换成普通上行链路NUL载波。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the first information is greater than or equal to a first threshold and less than or equal to a second threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, and the first information is sent to the network device. A message for the network equipment to switch the normal uplink NUL carrier to the secondary uplink SUL carrier. Or, when the first information is greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, where the first information is used by the network device to switch the assisted uplink SUL carrier into a normal uplink NUL carrier.
应理解,该第一阈值、第二阈值、第三阈值以及第四阈值可以是网络设备通过系统信息配置给终端设备的,或者是预设在终端设备中的。It should be understood that the first threshold, the second threshold, the third threshold and the fourth threshold may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through system information, or may be preset in the terminal device.
应理解,该“预设”可包括预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。It should be understood that the "preset" may include predefined definitions, eg, protocol definitions. Wherein, "pre-definition" can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device, and this application does not limit the specific implementation means.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息承载于媒体接入控制信元MAC CE或无线资源控制RRC消息中。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first information is carried in a medium access control information element MAC CE or a radio resource control RRC message.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,服务小区的质量低于第五阈值时,该终端设备向该网络设备发送第一信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the quality of the serving cell is lower than a fifth threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
同样的,该第五阈值也可以是网络设备通过系统信息配置给终端设备的,或者是预设在终端设备中的。Similarly, the fifth threshold may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through system information, or preset in the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的测量上报配置信息,该测量上报配置信息包括该第五阈值;该终端设备在该非连接态下测量该服务小区的质量。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device receives measurement reporting configuration information from the network device, where the measurement reporting configuration information includes the fifth threshold; the terminal device is in the disconnected state Measure the quality of the serving cell.
基于上述方案,通过测量配置信息为终端设备配置测量上报触发事件的阈值,即第五阈值,使得终端设备测量的小区服务质量小于第五阈值时,进入该事件触发上报测量结果,能够使该上报测量结果的过程更加灵活,同时,有助于网络设备能够有效地判断终端设备是否远离了小区的覆盖范围,从而根据该上报的测量结果为终端设备切换载波。Based on the above solution, the threshold value of the measurement report triggering event, that is, the fifth threshold value, is configured for the terminal device through the measurement configuration information, so that when the service quality of the cell measured by the terminal device is less than the fifth threshold value, the event triggers the reporting of the measurement result, which enables the reporting of the measurement result. The process of the measurement result is more flexible, and at the same time, it helps the network device to effectively determine whether the terminal device is far from the coverage of the cell, so as to switch the carrier for the terminal device according to the reported measurement result.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的RRC释放消息,该RRC释放消息包括该测量上报配置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device receives an RRC release message from the network device, where the RRC release message includes the measurement reporting configuration information.
通过RRC释放消息为终端设备配置测量上报的配置信息,可以有效节约资源。The configuration information of the measurement report is configured for the terminal device through the RRC release message, which can effectively save resources.
第二方面,提供了一种切换载波的方法。该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。该方法包括:终端设备向网络设备发送参考信号以使得网络设备将第一载波切换成第二载波,该终端设备处于非连接态;该终端设备接收下行控制信息,该下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息,该上行传输资源在该第二载波上。In a second aspect, a method for switching carriers is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application. The method includes: a terminal device sends a reference signal to a network device to make the network device switch a first carrier to a second carrier, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state; the terminal device receives downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries uplink transmission resources information, the uplink transmission resource is on the second carrier.
基于上述方案,当终端设备在非连接态下有上行载波切换的需求时,通过终端设备向网络设备上报其所处的小区的参考信号,网络设备基于该参考信号为终端设备切换上行载波至第二载波,使得终端设备能够成功的传输后续数据。Based on the above solution, when the terminal device needs to switch the uplink carrier in the disconnected state, the terminal device reports the reference signal of the cell where it is located to the network device, and the network device switches the uplink carrier to the first terminal device based on the reference signal. Two carriers enable the terminal device to successfully transmit subsequent data.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,当第一条件成立时,该终端设备向网络设备发送参考信号以使得网络设备将第一载波切换成第二载波,其中,该第一条件包括以下至少一项:该参考信号的参考信号接收功率大于或等于第二阈值且小于或等于第一阈值,或者,该终端设备基于随机接入在该上行传输资源上发送数据,该第一条件为竞争解决成功后。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, when the first condition is established, the terminal device sends a reference signal to the network device, so that the network device switches the first carrier to the second carrier, wherein the first A condition includes at least one of the following: the reference signal received power of the reference signal is greater than or equal to a second threshold and less than or equal to a first threshold, or the terminal device sends data on the uplink transmission resource based on random access, the first threshold One condition is after the competition is successfully resolved.
基于上述方案,能够使得终端设备发送参考信号的条件更加灵活和丰富。Based on the above solution, the conditions for the terminal device to send the reference signal can be made more flexible and richer.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的配置信息,该配置信息包括该参考信号的配置信息;该终端设备根据该配置信息向网络设备 发送该参考信号,以使得网络设备将第一载波切换成第二载波。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the terminal device receives configuration information from the network device, where the configuration information includes configuration information of the reference signal; the terminal device sends the network device according to the configuration information The reference signal enables the network device to switch the first carrier to the second carrier.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备向该网络设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求该配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the terminal device sends a request message to the network device, where the request message is used to request the configuration information.
第三方面,提供了一种切换载波的方法。该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。该方法包括:终端设备测量得到参考信号接收功率;该终端设备比较该参考信号接收功率和预设的阈值将第一上行载波切换到第二上行载波。In a third aspect, a method for switching carriers is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application. The method includes: the terminal device obtains the received power of the reference signal by measuring; the terminal device compares the received power of the reference signal with a preset threshold to switch the first uplink carrier to the second uplink carrier.
本申请实施例,非连接态下的终端设备基于测量结果,自主切换了载波,确保了小数据传输过程中的数据能够传输成功,保证了上行数据的传输的准确性。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device in the disconnected state automatically switches the carrier based on the measurement result, which ensures that the data in the small data transmission process can be successfully transmitted, and the accuracy of the uplink data transmission is ensured.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当该参考信号接收功率大于或等于该阈值时,将辅助上行链路SUL载波切换到普通上行链路NUL载波,或者,当该参考信号接收功率小于阈值时,将普通上行链路NUL载波切换到辅助上行链路SUL载波。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the reference signal received power is greater than or equal to the threshold, the auxiliary uplink SUL carrier is switched to the normal uplink NUL carrier, or when the reference signal When the received signal power is less than the threshold, the normal uplink NUL carrier is switched to the auxiliary uplink SUL carrier.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备在该第二载波上发起上行传输,其中,该上行传输包括基于随机接入的上行传输或基于配置授权的上行数据传输。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the terminal device initiates uplink transmission on the second carrier, where the uplink transmission includes random access-based uplink transmission or configuration authorization-based uplink data transmission .
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当该上行传输基于随机接入时,该终端设备向该网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI的媒体接入控制信元和上行数据。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the uplink transmission is based on random access, the terminal device sends a first message to the network device, where the first message includes the cell wireless network temporary identifier C- Medium access control information element and uplink data of RNTI.
基于上述方案,承载该上行数据的消息中可以不包括RRC恢复请求消息,仅包括C-RNTI MAC CE,可以避免RRC恢复请求消息中恢复完整性消息认证码(message authentication code for integrity,resumeMAC-I)重用的安全风险。Based on the above solution, the message carrying the uplink data may not include the RRC recovery request message, but only the C-RNTI MAC CE, which can avoid the recovery integrity message authentication code (message authentication code for integrity, resumeMAC-I) in the RRC recovery request message. ) is a security risk for reuse.
第四方面,提供了一种切换载波的方法。该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。该方法包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,该第一信息包括该终端设备的参考信号的信息,该第一信息在第一载波上传输,该终端设备处于非连接态;该网络设备向该终端设备发送下行控制信息,该下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息,该上行传输资源在第二载波上。In a fourth aspect, a method for switching carriers is provided. The method may be performed by a network device, or may also be performed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application. The method includes: a network device receives first information from a terminal device, the first information includes information of a reference signal of the terminal device, the first information is transmitted on a first carrier, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state; the network The device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
基于上述方案,当终端设备在非连接态下有上行载波切换的需求时,通过终端设备向网络设备上报其参考信号的信息,可以使网络设备基于该第一信息为终端设备切换上行载波至第二载波,从而确保了后续数据传输的可靠性。Based on the above solution, when the terminal device needs to switch the uplink carrier in the disconnected state, the terminal device can report its reference signal information to the network device, so that the network device can switch the uplink carrier to the first information for the terminal device based on the first information. Two carriers, thus ensuring the reliability of subsequent data transmission.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该参考信号的信息包括参考信号接收功率或参考信号接收质量。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the information of the reference signal includes reference signal received power or reference signal received quality.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,包括:该第一信息大于或等于第一阈值且小于或等于第二阈值时,该网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,其中,该第一载波为普通上行链路NUL载波,该第二载波为辅助上行链路SUL载波,或者,该第一信息大于或等于第三阈值且小于或等于第四阈值时,该网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,其中,该第一载波为辅助上行链路SUL载波,该第二载波为普通上行链路NUL载波。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device, including: when the first information is greater than or equal to the first threshold and less than or equal to the second threshold, the The network device receives the first information from the terminal device, where the first carrier is a normal uplink NUL carrier, the second carrier is a supplementary uplink SUL carrier, or the first information is greater than or equal to a third threshold and When less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device, where the first carrier is a supplementary uplink SUL carrier, and the second carrier is a normal uplink NUL carrier.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息承载于媒体接入控制信元MAC CE或无线资源控制RRC消息中。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first information is carried in a medium access control information element MAC CE or a radio resource control RRC message.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,服务小区的质量低于第五阈值时,该 网络设备接收来自该终端设备的第一信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, when the quality of the serving cell is lower than the fifth threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备向该终端设备发送测量上报配置信息,该测量上报配置信息包括该第五阈值。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the network device sends measurement reporting configuration information to the terminal device, where the measurement reporting configuration information includes the fifth threshold.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备向该终端设备发送RRC释放消息,该RRC释放消息包括该测量上报配置信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device, where the RRC release message includes the measurement reporting configuration information.
通过RRC释放消息为终端设备配置测量上报的配置信息,可以有效节约资源。The configuration information of the measurement report is configured for the terminal device through the RRC release message, which can effectively save resources.
第五方面,提供了一种切换载波的方法。该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。该方法包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的参考信号,该参考信号包括该终端设备的第一载波的参考信号,该终端设备处于非连接态;该网络设备测量该参考信号;该网络设备根据测量结果将第一载波切换成第二载波;该网络设备向该终端设备发送下行控制信息,该下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息,该上行传输资源在第二载波上。In a fifth aspect, a method for switching carriers is provided. The method may be performed by a network device, or may also be performed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application. The method includes: a network device receives a reference signal from a terminal device, the reference signal includes a reference signal of a first carrier of the terminal device, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state; the network device measures the reference signal; the network device measures the reference signal according to the measurement As a result, the first carrier is switched to the second carrier; the network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information carries the information of the uplink transmission resource, and the uplink transmission resource is on the second carrier.
基于上述方案,当终端设备在非连接态下有上行载波切换的需求时,通过终端设备向网络设备上报其所处的小区的参考信号,网络设备进行测量,基于测量结果为终端设备切换上行载波至第二载波,使得终端设备能够成功的传输后续数据。Based on the above solution, when the terminal device needs to switch the uplink carrier in the disconnected state, the terminal device reports the reference signal of the cell where it is located to the network device, and the network device performs measurement, and switches the uplink carrier for the terminal device based on the measurement result. to the second carrier, so that the terminal device can successfully transmit subsequent data.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:当第一条件成立时,该网络设备接收来自终端设备的参考信号,其中,该第一条件包括以下至少一项:该参考信号的参考信号接收功率大于或等于第二阈值且小于或等于第一阈值,或者,该终端设备基于随机接入在该上行传输资源上发送数据,该第一条件为竞争解决成功后。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the method further includes: when a first condition is established, the network device receives a reference signal from the terminal device, where the first condition includes at least one of the following : the reference signal received power of the reference signal is greater than or equal to the second threshold and less than or equal to the first threshold, or the terminal device sends data on the uplink transmission resource based on random access, and the first condition is that after the contention is successfully resolved .
基于上述方案,能够使得终端设备发送参考信号的条件更加灵活和丰富。Based on the above solution, the conditions for the terminal device to send the reference signal can be made more flexible and richer.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备向该终端设备发送配置信息,该配置信息包括该参考信号的配置信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the method further includes: the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information includes configuration information of the reference signal.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备接收来自终端设备的请求消息,该请求消息用于请求该配置信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the method further includes: the network device receiving a request message from the terminal device, where the request message is used to request the configuration information.
第六方面,提供了一种切换载波的方法。该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。该方法包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息;该网络设备基于该第一信息确定该终端设备将第一载波切换成第二载波,该终端设备处于非连接态。In a sixth aspect, a method for switching carriers is provided. The method may be performed by a network device, or may also be performed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application. The method includes: the network device receives first information from the terminal device; the network device determines, based on the first information, that the terminal device switches the first carrier to the second carrier, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state.
本申请实施例,非连接态下的终端设备基于测量结果,自主切换了载波,并通知网络进行了上行载波切换,确保了小数据传输过程中的数据能够传输成功,保证了上行数据的传输的准确性。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device in the disconnected state automatically switches the carrier based on the measurement result, and notifies the network to perform uplink carrier switching, which ensures that the data in the small data transmission process can be successfully transmitted, and ensures the transmission of uplink data. accuracy.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备向该终端设备发送下行控制信息,该下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息,该上行传输资源在第二载波上。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the method further includes: the network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该上行传输资源包括基于随机接入的上行传输资源或基于配置授权的上行传输资源。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the uplink transmission resources include random access-based uplink transmission resources or configuration grant-based uplink transmission resources.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,当基于随机接入时,该网络设备接收来自该终端设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI的媒体接入控制信元和上行数据。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, when based on random access, the network device receives a second message sent from the terminal device, and the second message includes the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI. Medium access control cells and uplink data.
基于上述方案,承载该上行数据的消息中可以不包括RRC恢复请求消息,仅包括C-RNTI MAC CE,可以避免RRC恢复请求消息中恢复完整性resumeMAC-I重用的安全风险。Based on the above solution, the message carrying the uplink data may not include the RRC recovery request message, but only the C-RNTI MAC CE, which can avoid the security risk of reusing the recovery integrity resumeMAC-I in the RRC recovery request message.
第七方面,提供了一种切换载波的装置,该装置用于执行上述第一方面至第三方面提供的方法。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行第一方面至第三方面提供的方法的单元和/或模块,如处理模块和/或收发模块。In a seventh aspect, an apparatus for switching carriers is provided, where the apparatus is configured to perform the methods provided in the above-mentioned first to third aspects. Specifically, the apparatus may include units and/or modules for performing the methods provided in the first to third aspects, such as a processing module and/or a transceiver module.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为终端设备。当该装置为终端设备时,该通信模块可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口;该处理模块可以是处理器。In an implementation manner, the apparatus is a terminal device. When the apparatus is a terminal device, the communication module may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing module may be a processor.
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为用于终端设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。当该装置为用于切换载波的设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路时,该收发模块单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等;该处理模块可以是处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。In another implementation manner, the apparatus is a chip, a chip system or a circuit used in a terminal device. When the device is a chip, chip system or circuit in a device for switching carrier waves, the transceiver module unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, tube on the chip, chip system or circuit The processing module can be a processor, a processing circuit or a logic circuit, etc.
基于上述方案的有益效果,可以参考第一至第三方面的相应描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Based on the beneficial effects of the above solutions, reference may be made to the corresponding descriptions of the first to third aspects. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here in this application.
可选地,上述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,上述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the above transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the above-mentioned input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第八方面,提供了一种切换载波的装置,该装置用于执行上述第四方面至第六方面提供的方法。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行第四方面至第六方面提供的方法的单元和/或模块,如处理模块和/或收发模块。In an eighth aspect, an apparatus for switching carriers is provided, and the apparatus is configured to perform the methods provided in the fourth to sixth aspects above. Specifically, the apparatus may include units and/or modules for performing the methods provided in the fourth to sixth aspects, such as a processing module and/or a transceiver module.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为网络设备。当该装置为网络设备时,该收发模块可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口;该处理模块可以是处理器。In one implementation, the apparatus is a network device. When the apparatus is a network device, the transceiver module may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing module may be a processor.
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为用于网络设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。当该装置为用于切换载波的设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路时,该收发模块单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等;该处理模块可以是处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。In another implementation, the apparatus is a chip, a system of chips, or a circuit used in a network device. When the device is a chip, chip system or circuit in a device for switching carrier waves, the transceiver module unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, tube on the chip, chip system or circuit The processing module can be a processor, a processing circuit or a logic circuit, etc.
可选地,上述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,上述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the above transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the above-mentioned input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
基于上述方案的有益效果,可以参考第四至第六方面的相应描述,为了简洁,本申请在此不再赘述。Based on the beneficial effects of the above solutions, reference may be made to the corresponding descriptions of the fourth to sixth aspects. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here in this application.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置,该装置包括:存储器,用于存储程序;处理器,用于执行存储器存储的程序,当存储器存储的程序被执行时,处理器用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面提供的方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, the device comprising: a memory for storing a program; a processor for executing a program stored in the memory, and when the program stored in the memory is executed, the processor is used for executing the above-mentioned first aspect to The method provided by the sixth aspect.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为终端设备或网络设备。In an implementation manner, the apparatus is a terminal device or a network device.
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为用于终端设备或网络设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。In another implementation manner, the apparatus is a chip, a chip system or a circuit used in terminal equipment or network equipment.
第十方面,本申请提供一种处理器,用于执行上述各方面提供的方法。在执行这些方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送上述信息和获取/接收上述信息的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出上述信息的过程,以及处理器接收输入的上述信息的过程。在输出上述信息时,处理器将该上述信息输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。该上述信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的上述 信息时,收发器获取/接收该上述信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该上述信息之后,该上述信息可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a processor for executing the methods provided by the above aspects. In the process of executing these methods, the process of sending the above-mentioned information and obtaining/receiving the above-mentioned information in the above-mentioned methods can be understood as the process of outputting the above-mentioned information by the processor and the process of receiving the above-mentioned input information by the processor. When outputting the above-mentioned information, the processor outputs the above-mentioned information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. After the above-mentioned information is output by the processor, other processing may be required before reaching the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives the above-mentioned information input, the transceiver acquires/receives the above-mentioned information, and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information, the above-mentioned information may need to perform other processing before being input to the processor.
对于处理器所涉及的发射、发送和获取/接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则均可以更加一般性的理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,而不是直接由射频电路和天线所进行的发射、发送和接收操作。For the operations of transmitting, sending, and acquiring/receiving involved in the processor, if there is no special description, or if it does not contradict its actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood as a processor in a more general sense. The operations of output and reception, input, etc., rather than the transmission, transmission and reception operations performed directly by radio frequency circuits and antennas.
在实现过程中,上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器,也可以是执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器,例如通用处理器。上述存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the implementation process, the above-mentioned processor may be a processor specially used to execute these methods, or may be a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor. The above-mentioned memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set on different chips respectively. The embodiment does not limit the type of the memory and the setting manner of the memory and the processor.
第十一方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读介质存储用于设备执行的程序代码,该程序代码包括用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面提供的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, where the computer-readable medium stores program codes for device execution, the program codes including methods for executing the above-mentioned first to sixth aspects.
第十二方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第六方面提供的方法。A twelfth aspect provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods provided in the first to sixth aspects above.
第十三方面,提供一种芯片,该芯片包括处理器与通信接口,该处理器通过该通信接口读取存储器上存储的指令,执行上述第一方面至第六方面提供的方法。A thirteenth aspect provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the processor reads an instruction stored in a memory through the communication interface, and executes the methods provided in the first to sixth aspects.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,该芯片还可以包括存储器,该存储器中存储有指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器上存储的指令,当该指令被执行时,该处理器用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面提供的方法。Optionally, as an implementation manner, the chip may further include a memory, the memory stores an instruction, the processor is used to execute the instruction stored on the memory, and when the instruction is executed, the processor is used to execute the above-mentioned No. The methods provided in one aspect to the sixth aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信系统100的示意图。FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
图2示出了基于随机接入的小数据传输的流程示意图。FIG. 2 shows a schematic flow chart of small data transmission based on random access.
图3示出了基于预配置的授权的小数据传输的流程示意图。FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of small data transmission based on preconfigured authorization.
图4示出了本申请实施例提供的一种切换载波的方法的流程示意图。FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种切换载波的方法的流程示意图。FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种切换载波的方法的流程示意图。FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种切换载波的方法的流程示意图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种切换载波的方法的流程示意图。FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种切换载波的方法的流程示意图。FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种切换载波的方法的流程示意图。FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种切换载波的方法的流程示意图。FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of another method for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请的终端设备的一例示意性框图。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a terminal device of the present application.
图13是本申请的网络设备的一例示意性框图。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an example of a network device of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的切换载波的装置的示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图15为本申请实施例提供的再一例切换载波的装置的示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of still another example of an apparatus for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图16是本申请的终端设备的示意性结构图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment (user equipment, UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless Communication equipment, user agent or user equipment. The terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved public land mobile networks (PLMN) A terminal device, etc., is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
其中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。Among them, wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
此外,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备。IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。本申请对于终端设备的具体形式不作限定。In addition, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an internet of things (Internet of things, IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect items to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things. This application does not limit the specific form of the terminal device.
应理解,本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是用于实现终端设备功能的装置,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be a device for implementing the function of the terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal. In this embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未 来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) The base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolutionary base station (evolutional base station) in the LTE system NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and future The network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,简称AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (active antenna unit, AAU for short). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, in this architecture, the higher-layer signaling, such as the RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU. , or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
应理解,本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是用于实现网络设备功能的装置,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may be an apparatus for implementing the function of the network device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the apparatus may be installed in the network device.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的通信系统100的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
如图1所示,该通信系统100可以包括一个网络设备120,例如,图1所示的网络设备。该通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备110,例如图1所示的终端设备。终端设备与网络设备之间可以建立连接,进行通信。As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system 100 may include a network device 120 , for example, the network device shown in FIG. 1 . The communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device 110, such as the terminal device shown in FIG. 1 . A connection can be established between the terminal device and the network device for communication.
本申请涉及小数据传输(small data transmission,SDT),是指传输小数据包的传输模式,SDT技术是终端设备在无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)非激活态(INACTIVE)下的数据传输技术。This application relates to small data transmission (SDT), which refers to a transmission mode for transmitting small data packets. SDT technology is the data transmission of terminal equipment in the inactive state (INACTIVE) of radio resource control (RRC). technology.
小数据包也可以是针对某个业务而言的。其中,所述业务可以为如下所述应用场景,比如针对智能仪表的所有数据都可理解为小数据。针对某一业务的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)要求,该业务对应到某数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB),该DRB上的数据,可以理解为小数据包。Small data packets can also be for a certain business. Wherein, the business may be the following application scenarios, for example, all data for a smart meter can be understood as small data. For the quality of service (QoS) requirements of a service, the service corresponds to a data radio bearer (DRB), and the data on the DRB can be understood as a small data packet.
小数据传输的应用场景,即,少量和不频繁数据流量包含的使用场景。例如可以为:智能手机应用程序,包括即时通讯服务的流量,例如可以是whatsapp、QQ、微信等,来自IM/e-mail客户端和其他应用(application,APP)的心跳包流量(例如Heart-beat/keep-alive流量),以及各种应用程序的推送通知。非智能手机应用,包括可穿戴设备的流量(周期性的定位信息等),传感器(工业无线传感器网络定期或以时间出发的方式传输温度,压力读数等),智能仪表和智能仪表网络发送定期的仪表读数,来自IM/email客户端和其他APP的Heart-beat/keep-alive流量,以及各种应用程序的推送通知。Application scenarios for small data transfer, that is, use scenarios involving small and infrequent data traffic. For example, it can be: smartphone applications, including traffic of instant messaging services, such as whatsapp, QQ, WeChat, etc., heartbeat packet traffic from IM/e-mail clients and other applications (applications, APPs) (such as Heart- beat/keep-alive traffic), and push notifications for various applications. Non-smartphone applications, including wearable device traffic (periodic location information, etc.), sensors (industrial wireless sensor networks periodically or time-based transmission of temperature, pressure readings, etc.), smart meters and smart meter networks send periodic Meter readings, Heart-beat/keep-alive traffic from IM/email clients and other apps, and push notifications from various apps.
当前,SDT技术可以支持基于随机接入(random access,RA)的传输过程以及基于配置的授权(configured grant,CG)的传输过程,对应如图2和图3所示的流程。Currently, the SDT technology can support the transmission process based on random access (RA) and the transmission process based on configuration authorization (configured grant, CG), corresponding to the processes shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 .
图2是基于RA的SDT(RA-basedSDT)过程,主要流程包括:Figure 2 shows the RA-based SDT (RA-basedSDT) process. The main processes include:
S201,终端设备满足发起基于随机接入的SDT的标准时,在选择的NUL载波或者SUL载波上发起SDT过程。S201, when the terminal device meets the standard for initiating SDT based on random access, it initiates an SDT process on the selected NUL carrier or SUL carrier.
具体地,处于非激活态的终端设备可以根据待传的数据量与对应阈值的关系,以及参 考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)与相应阈值的关系确定执行SDT过程。例如,终端设备判断当前待传的数据量小于预设的阈值,且终端设备判断RSRP大于预设的RSRP阈值时,发起SDT过程。当然的,终端设备还可以根据其他信息与阈值的关系以及SDT选择的准则来发起SDT过程,例如,该其他信息可以是参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)、波束质量等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device in the inactive state can determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold, as well as the relationship between the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, the SDT process is initiated. Of course, the terminal device can also initiate the SDT process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold value and the SDT selection criterion. For example, the other information can be reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ), beam quality, etc., this application Not limited.
S202,终端设备进行载波选择。S202, the terminal device performs carrier selection.
具体地,终端设备基于系统信息中配置的RSRP阈值来进行NUL载波或SUL载波的选择,该RSRP阈值可以称作载波选择RSRP阈值,即该阈值用于载波选择。例如,如果终端设备当前测量的RSRP小于该阈值,则终端设备选择SUL载波,否则,终端设备选择NUL载波。此外,可以用于载波选择信号还可以是RSRQ或者波束质量等,那么其对应的载波选择阈值可以称为载波选择RSRQ阈值、载波选择波束质量阈值等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information. The RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier. In addition, the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
可以理解,终端设备在发起SDT前,也可以先进行载波的选择,再根据SDT的标准选择传输的方式是基于随机接入的小数据传输或者基于配置的授权的小数据传输。或者上述两个步骤也可以同时进行。上述选择小数据传输方式与选择上行载波之间没有必然的先后顺序。It can be understood that, before initiating SDT, the terminal device may also select a carrier first, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. Alternatively, the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
S203,终端设备向网络设备发送第一消息。S203, the terminal device sends a first message to the network device.
具体地,终端设备在所选择的载波上发送随机接入前导码。其中,终端设备可以选择在SDT专用随机接入时机上发送随机接入前导码,或者,终端设备可以在所选择的载波上发送SDT专用前导码。Specifically, the terminal device sends the random access preamble on the selected carrier. The terminal device may choose to send the random access preamble on the SDT dedicated random access opportunity, or the terminal device may send the SDT dedicated preamble on the selected carrier.
S204,网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应消息,也称为第二消息。S204, the network device sends a random access response message, also referred to as a second message, to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备接收到终端设备发送的第一消息后,确定终端设备发起的是基于随机随机接入的小数据传输,网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应消息,该消息中可以携带临时小区无线网络临时标识(temporary cell radio network temporary identifier,TC-RNTI)、定时提前以及为终端设备分配的上行授权。其中,TC-RNTI用于标识一个小区空口下的终端设备。Specifically, after receiving the first message sent by the terminal device, the network device determines that the terminal device initiates small data transmission based on random access, and the network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device, which may carry a temporary Temporary cell radio network temporary identifier (TC-RNTI), timing advance, and uplink grants assigned to terminal equipment. The TC-RNTI is used to identify the terminal equipment under the air interface of a cell.
S205,终端设备向网络设备发送第三消息。S205, the terminal device sends a third message to the network device.
具体地,终端设备在第二消息中为其分配的上行授权上发送第三消息,该第三消息包括上行数据以及RRC恢复请求。此外,还可以包括缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR),例如BSR MAC CE,BSR MAC CE用于向网络设备指示当前的缓存信息。还可以包括释放辅助指示(release assistance indication,RAI),RAI用于向网络设备指示终端设备的后续数据信息。Specifically, the terminal device sends a third message on the uplink grant allocated to it in the second message, where the third message includes uplink data and an RRC recovery request. In addition, a buffer status report (BSR) may also be included, such as a BSR MAC CE, which is used to indicate the current buffer information to the network device. A release assistance indication (RAI) may also be included, where the RAI is used to indicate subsequent data information of the terminal device to the network device.
S206,网络设备向终端设备发送竞争解决消息。S206, the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备收到终端设备发送的RRC消息和数据后,发送竞争解决消息,该竞争解决消息中不包含RRC信令,终端设备接收到网络设备发送的竞争解决消息后,认为随机接入过程成功完成,此时TC-RNTI升级为C-RNTI。此时,终端设备仍处于非激活态。Specifically, after receiving the RRC message and data sent by the terminal device, the network device sends a contention resolution message. The contention resolution message does not contain RRC signaling. After the terminal device receives the contention resolution message sent by the network device, it considers random access The process is successfully completed, at which point the TC-RNTI is upgraded to a C-RNTI. At this point, the terminal device is still in an inactive state.
S207,终端设备向网络设备发送后续上行数据。S207, the terminal device sends subsequent uplink data to the network device.
具体地,如果有进一步的后续数据需要传输,网络设备可以通过使用C-RNTI动态调 度的方式调度后续数据传输的上行授权,后续数据在网络设备调度的上行授权上进行传输。例如,可以是网络设备发送下行控制信息,该下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息。Specifically, if there is further subsequent data to be transmitted, the network device can schedule the uplink grant for subsequent data transmission by using the C-RNTI dynamic scheduling method, and the subsequent data is transmitted on the uplink grant scheduled by the network device. For example, the network device may send downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources.
S208,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息。S208, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device.
具体地,如果没有进一步的后续数据需要传输,网络设备发送RRC释放消息,终止SDT过程。Specifically, if there is no further subsequent data to be transmitted, the network device sends an RRC release message to terminate the SDT process.
图3是基于CG的SDT(CG-based SDT)过程,主要流程包括:Figure 3 shows the CG-based SDT (CG-based SDT) process. The main processes include:
S301,终端设备满足发起基于CG的SDT的标准时,在选择的NUL载波或者SUL载波上发起SDT过程。S301 , when the terminal device meets the standard for initiating CG-based SDT, it initiates an SDT process on the selected NUL carrier or SUL carrier.
具体地,处于非激活态的终端设备可以根据待传的数据量与对应阈值的关系,以及RSRP与相应阈值的关系确定执行SDT过程。例如,终端设备判断当前待传的数据量小于预设的阈值时,且终端设备判断RSRP大于预设的RSRP阈值时,发起SDT过程。当然的,终端设备还可以根据其他信息与阈值的关系SDT选择的准则来发起小数据传输过程,例如,该其他信息可以是RSRQ、波束质量等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device in the inactive state may determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold, and the relationship between the RSRP and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, the SDT process is initiated. Of course, the terminal device can also initiate the small data transmission process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold value SDT selection criteria, for example, the other information can be RSRQ, beam quality, etc., which is not limited in this application.
S302,终端设备进行载波选择。S302, the terminal device performs carrier selection.
具体地,终端设备基于系统信息中配置的RSRP阈值来进行NUL载波或SUL载波的选择,该RSRP阈值可以称作载波选择RSRP阈值,即该阈值用于载波选择。例如,如果终端设备当前测量的RSRP小于该阈值,则终端设备选择SUL载波,否则,终端设备选择NUL载波。此外,可以用于载波选择信号还可以是RSRQ或者波束质量等,那么其对应的载波选择阈值可以称为载波选择RSRQ阈值、载波选择波束质量阈值等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information. The RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier. In addition, the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
同样的,终端设备在发起SDT前,也可以先进行载波的选择,再根据SDT的标准选择传输的方式是基于随机接入的小数据传输或者基于配置的授权的小数据传输。或者上述两个步骤也可以同时进行。上述选择小数据传输方式与选择上行载波之间没有必然的先后顺序。Similarly, before initiating SDT, the terminal device may also select a carrier first, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. Alternatively, the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
S303,终端设备向网络设备发送RRC恢复请求消息与上行数据。S303, the terminal device sends an RRC recovery request message and uplink data to the network device.
可选地,该上行消息中还可以包括终端设备的辅助信息,例如还可以包括缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR),BSR用于向网络设备指示当前的缓存信息。还可以RAI,RAI用于向网络设备指示终端设备的后续数据信息。Optionally, the uplink message may also include auxiliary information of the terminal device, for example, may also include a buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR), where the BSR is used to indicate the current buffer information to the network device. RAI can also be used, and RAI is used to indicate the subsequent data information of the terminal device to the network device.
S304,网络设备回复响应消息。S304, the network device replies with a response message.
可选的,该响应消息可以是层1的应答消息(acknowledgement,ACK)或者是无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)的ACK。Optionally, the response message may be a layer 1 acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK) or a radio link control (radio link control, RLC) ACK.
S305,终端设备向网络设备发送后续上行数据。S305, the terminal device sends subsequent uplink data to the network device.
具体地,如果有进一步的后续数据需要传输,网络设备可以通过使用C-RNTI进行动态调度的方式调度后续数据传输的授权,后续数据在网络设备调度的上行授权上进行传输。例如,可以是网络设备发送下行控制信息,该下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息。Specifically, if there is further subsequent data to be transmitted, the network device may schedule the grant for subsequent data transmission by using the C-RNTI for dynamic scheduling, and the subsequent data is transmitted on the uplink grant scheduled by the network device. For example, the network device may send downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources.
S306,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息。S306, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device.
具体地,如果没有进一步的后续数据需要传输,网络设备发送RRC释放消息,终止SDT过程。接下来,对本申请提出的载波切换的方法进行详细说明。Specifically, if there is no further subsequent data to be transmitted, the network device sends an RRC release message to terminate the SDT process. Next, the carrier switching method proposed in this application will be described in detail.
在具体说明之前,首先需要强调的是,当终端设备选择的载波配置了基于配置的授权 的小数据传输(CG-SDT)的资源,且配置的CG-SDT资源有效,则终端设备选择执行CG-SDT,否则终端设备选择执行RA-SDT。Before the specific description, it should be emphasized first that when the carrier selected by the terminal equipment is configured with the resources of small data transmission (CG-SDT) based on the configuration authorization, and the configured CG-SDT resources are valid, then the terminal equipment chooses to execute CG -SDT, otherwise the terminal device chooses to perform RA-SDT.
应理解,上述SDT过程有可能会随着技术方案的演进而发生变化,本申请提供的技术方案并不限于下面描述的过程。It should be understood that the above-mentioned SDT process may change with the evolution of the technical solution, and the technical solution provided by the present application is not limited to the process described below.
本申请提供了多种切换载波的方法,下面将分别通过图4至图10进行描述。应理解的是,这些载波切换的方法可以相互结合使用。比如,可以是终端设备接入网络设备的过程中的某一流程使用一种方法而另一流程使用另一种方法,还可以是终端设备接入网络设备的过程中的某一流程既使用一种方法又使用另一种方法。The present application provides various methods for switching carriers, which will be described below with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 10 respectively. It should be understood that these carrier switching methods can be used in combination with each other. For example, it may be that a certain process in the process of the terminal device accessing the network device uses one method and another process uses another method, or a certain process in the process of the terminal device accessing the network device uses both a method. One method uses another method.
本申请提供了多种载波切换的方法,应理解,本申请中的实施例中的步骤可以部分不执行,本申请的实施例中的步骤也可以不严格按照示例的顺序,本申请不做限定。The present application provides a variety of carrier switching methods. It should be understood that the steps in the embodiments of the present application may not be partially executed, and the steps in the embodiments of the present application may not strictly follow the order of the examples, which is not limited in the present application. .
图4示出了本申请实施例提供的一种切换载波的方法400的示意图,如图4所示,该载波切换的方法包括:FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a method 400 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4 , the method for switching carriers includes:
S401,终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息。S401, a terminal device sends first information to a network device.
具体地,终端设备确定当前小区测量的参考信号的信息,当满足一定的条件时,终端设备认为可能需要切换当前上行传输的载波时,终端设备需要将参考信号的信息上报给网络设备,终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,该第一信息用于网络设备将终端设备的当前载波切换到其它载波。Specifically, the terminal device determines the information of the reference signal measured by the current cell. When certain conditions are met, the terminal device considers that the current uplink transmission carrier may need to be switched, and the terminal device needs to report the information of the reference signal to the network device. The terminal device Send first information to the network device, where the first information is used by the network device to switch the current carrier of the terminal device to another carrier.
例如,该参考信号的信息可以是参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)或参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)或其他参考信号的信息。For example, the information of the reference signal may be reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP) or reference signal receiving quality (reference signal receiving quality, RSRQ) or other reference signal information.
示例性地,该第一信息可以承载在媒体接入控制层(medium access control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE)中,例如,定义一个用于RSRP上报的RSRP MAC CE,或者通过RRC消息上报给网络设备,本申请对此不作限定。Exemplarily, the first information may be carried in a medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (control element, CE), for example, define an RSRP MAC CE for RSRP reporting, or use an RRC message It is reported to the network device, which is not limited in this application.
其中,终端设备认为需要切换当前上行传输的载波,可以是终端设备根据当前第一信息的值来进行判断的。Wherein, the terminal device considers that the current carrier for uplink transmission needs to be switched, which may be determined by the terminal device according to the value of the current first information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在满足发起SDT的标准时,向网络设备发起SDT过程,终端设备根据下行链路的路损参考RSRP选择正常/普通上行链路(normal uplink,NUL)载波或者辅助/补充上行链路(supplementary uplink,SUL)载波。具体地,终端设备基于系统信息中配置的RSRP阈值来进行NUL载波或SUL载波的选择,该RSRP阈值可以称作载波选择RSRP阈值,即该阈值用于载波选择。例如,终端设备测量当前小区的RSRP,如果RSRP小于该阈值,则终端设备选择SUL载波,否则,终端设备选择NUL载波。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device initiates an SDT process to the network device when it meets the criteria for initiating SDT, and the terminal device selects a normal/normal uplink (NUL) carrier according to the downlink path loss with reference to RSRP Or a supplementary/supplementary uplink (SUL) carrier. Specifically, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information. The RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, the terminal device measures the RSRP of the current cell, and if the RSRP is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier.
在非连接态下,终端设备可以始终测量,终端设备可以根据当前的测量值的范围来确定向网络设备发送第一信息,网络设备基于第一信息来确定上行载波的切换。例如,当前终端设备在NUL载波上传输时,若终端设备测量RSRP大于或等于第一阈值且小于或等于第二阈值时,终端设备向网络设备发送该RSRP测量值,该测量值可以供网络设备进行参考,网络设备确定为终端设备配置SUL载波上的传输的时频资源,可以理解为,网络设备确定将上行载波从NUL载波切换到SUL载波。或者,当前终端设备处于SUL载波时,若终端设备测量RSRP大于或等于第三阈值且小于或等于第四阈值时,终端设备向网 络设备发送该RSRP测量值,该测量值可以供网络设备进行参考,网络设备确定为终端设备配置NUL载波上传输的时频资源,可以理解为,网络设备确定将上行载波从当前的SUL载波切换到NUL载波。In the disconnected state, the terminal device can always measure, the terminal device can determine to send the first information to the network device according to the range of the current measurement value, and the network device determines the switching of the uplink carrier based on the first information. For example, when the terminal device currently transmits on the NUL carrier, if the RSRP measured by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold and less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the RSRP measurement value to the network device, and the measurement value can be used by the network device. For reference, when the network device determines to configure time-frequency resources for transmission on the SUL carrier for the terminal device, it can be understood that the network device determines to switch the uplink carrier from the NUL carrier to the SUL carrier. Or, when the current terminal device is on the SUL carrier, if the terminal device measures RSRP greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the terminal device sends the RSRP measurement value to the network device, and the measurement value can be used by the network device for reference. , the network device determines to configure time-frequency resources for transmission on the NUL carrier for the terminal device, which can be understood as the network device determines to switch the uplink carrier from the current SUL carrier to the NUL carrier.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该第一阈值可以是当前载波选择RSRP阈值,该第二阈值的取值可以与第一阈值相关,即在第一阈值的基础上增加一个补偿量的值,该补偿量的取值是由网络设备在系统信息中配置的或网络设备在上一次RRC释放消息中配置的。此外,第二阈值还可以是定义的一个新的阈值,即理解为预设的阈值。此时,第一信息大于或等于第一阈值且小于或等于第二阈值时,终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于网络设备将普通上行链路NUL载波切换成辅助上行链路SUL载波,可以理解为,当RSRP的值越小,直到处于载波选择阈值到载波选择阈值加一个补偿量的范围时或者直到处于载波选择阈值到预设的阈值,该终端设备根据RSRP的变化(逐渐变小)提前预测到RSRP可能会小于载波选择阈值的情况(不满足NUL选择条件,满足SUL选择条件),因此,向网络设备发送该RSRP测量值,可以使得网络设备提前预知该变化趋势,从而为终端设备分配用于上行传输的时频资源,该时频资源为SUL载波上的时频资源。As a possible implementation manner, the first threshold may be the current carrier selection RSRP threshold, and the value of the second threshold may be related to the first threshold, that is, a compensation value is added on the basis of the first threshold. The value of the compensation amount is configured by the network device in the system information or configured by the network device in the last RRC release message. In addition, the second threshold value may also be a new defined threshold value, that is, it is understood as a preset threshold value. At this time, when the first information is greater than or equal to the first threshold and less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, and the first information is used by the network device to switch the normal uplink NUL carrier to the auxiliary uplink. It can be understood that when the value of RSRP is smaller, until it is in the range of the carrier selection threshold to the carrier selection threshold plus a compensation amount, or until it is in the range of the carrier selection threshold to the preset threshold, the terminal device according to the change of RSRP (gradually decreasing) It is predicted in advance that the RSRP may be smaller than the carrier selection threshold (the NUL selection condition is not met, but the SUL selection condition is met), therefore, sending the RSRP measurement value to the network device can make the network device predict the change trend in advance , so as to allocate time-frequency resources for uplink transmission to the terminal equipment, where the time-frequency resources are the time-frequency resources on the SUL carrier.
同样的,该第三阈值与第四阈值也可以与当前的载波选择RSRP阈值相关,可选的,该第三阈值可以是载波选择RSRP阈值减去一个补偿量的值,也可以是上述第一阈值,该第四阈值可以是载波选择RSRP阈值,也可以是上述第二阈值。另外,第三阈值和第四阈值也可以是定义的一个新的阈值,即理解为预设的阈值。此时,第一信息大于或等于第三阈值且小于或等于第四阈值时,终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于网络设备将辅助上行链路SUL载波切换成普通上行链路NUL载波,可以理解为,例如,当RSRP的值越大,直到处于载波选择阈值减去一个补偿量到载波选择阈值的范围时或者直到处于预设的阈值直到载波选择阈值范围时,该终端设备根据RSRP的变化(逐渐变大)提前预测到RSRP可能会大于或等于载波选择阈值的情况(不满足SUL选择条件,满足NUL选择条件),因此,向网络设备发送该RSRP测量值,可以使得网络设备提前预知该变化趋势,从而为终端设备分配用于数据传输的时频资源NUL载波上的用于上行传输的时频资源。Similarly, the third threshold and the fourth threshold may also be related to the current carrier selection RSRP threshold. Optionally, the third threshold may be a value obtained by subtracting a compensation amount from the carrier selection RSRP threshold, or may be the above-mentioned first threshold. Threshold, the fourth threshold may be the carrier selection RSRP threshold, or may be the above-mentioned second threshold. In addition, the third threshold value and the fourth threshold value may also be a new defined threshold value, that is, it is understood as a preset threshold value. At this time, when the first information is greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, and the first information is used by the network device to switch the auxiliary uplink SUL carrier to the normal uplink It can be understood that, for example, when the value of RSRP is larger, the terminal is within the range from the carrier selection threshold minus a compensation amount to the carrier selection threshold, or until it is in the range from the preset threshold to the carrier selection threshold. The device predicts in advance that the RSRP may be greater than or equal to the carrier selection threshold (the SUL selection condition is not satisfied, but the NUL selection condition is satisfied) according to the change of the RSRP (gradually increasing), therefore, sending the RSRP measurement value to the network device can make The network device predicts the change trend in advance, so as to allocate the time-frequency resource for uplink transmission on the time-frequency resource NUL carrier for data transmission to the terminal device.
需要说明的是,“预设的”可包括预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。It should be noted that "preset" may include predefined definitions, for example, protocol definitions. Wherein, "pre-definition" can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device, and this application does not limit the specific implementation means.
可以理解的,上述阈值可以是由网络设备预先配置给终端设备的,例如,可以是通过系统信息发送给终端设备的或者是前一次RRC释放消息中提供给终端设备。It can be understood that the above threshold may be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, for example, may be sent to the terminal device through system information or provided to the terminal device in the previous RRC release message.
S402,网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。S402, the network device sends downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI) to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备接收到终端设备发送的第一信息后,网络设备根据第一信息将终端设备上行载波进行切换,即网络设备通过DCI为终端设备配置其他载波的上行传输资源的信息。Specifically, after the network device receives the first information sent by the terminal device, the network device switches the uplink carrier of the terminal device according to the first information, that is, the network device configures the terminal device through DCI information of uplink transmission resources of other carriers.
基于本申请的切换载波的方法,终端设备上报第一信息,网络设备基于第一信息为终端设备配置用于上行传输的时频资源,该上行传输的时频资源所在的载波与发送第一信息载波不同,使得处于非连接态的终端设备能够实现载波切换,保证了上行数据传输的可靠性和准确性。Based on the method for switching carriers of the present application, the terminal device reports the first information, and the network device configures the terminal device with time-frequency resources for uplink transmission based on the first information. Different carriers enable terminal devices in a disconnected state to implement carrier switching, which ensures the reliability and accuracy of uplink data transmission.
在本申请的实施例中,多次提及非连接态,需要说明的是,该非连接态可以表示的是除了连接态之外其他终端的状态,例如,可以是非激活态或者空闲态或者其他不是处于连接状态的状态。或者该非连接态可以表示的是由非激活态与空闲态组成,本申请对此并不限定。In the embodiments of this application, the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state or other states. is not in a connected state. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
图5示出了本申请实施例提供的一种切换载波的方法500的示意图,如图5所示,在本实施例中终端设备所选择的载波没有配置CG资源或CG资源无效或不满足发起CG传输的条件而无法选择基于CG的小数据传输,因此,终端设备在所选择的载波上发起随机接入小数据传输。具体地,该切换载波的方法包括:FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a method 500 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , in this embodiment, the carrier selected by the terminal device is not configured with CG resources, or the CG resources are invalid or do not meet the requirements for initiating CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected due to the condition of CG transmission, therefore, the terminal device initiates random access small data transmission on the selected carrier. Specifically, the method for switching carriers includes:
S501,终端设备满足发起基于随机接入的SDT的标准时,在选择的NUL载波或者SUL载波上发起SDT过程。S501, when the terminal device meets the standard for initiating SDT based on random access, it initiates an SDT process on the selected NUL carrier or SUL carrier.
具体地,处于非激活态的终端设备可以根据待传的数据量与对应阈值的关系,以及RSRP与相应阈值的关系确定执行SDT过程。例如,终端设备判断当前待传的数据量小于预设的阈值时,且终端设备判断RSRP大于预设的RSRP阈值时,发起小数据传输过程。当然的,终端设备还可以包括根据其他信息与阈值的关系来确定发起SDT过程,例如,该其他信息可以是RSRQ、波束质量等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device in the inactive state may determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold, and the relationship between the RSRP and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and when the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, a small data transmission process is initiated. Of course, the terminal device may also determine to initiate the SDT process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold. For example, the other information may be RSRQ, beam quality, etc., which is not limited in this application.
S502,终端设备进行载波选择。S502, the terminal device performs carrier selection.
具体地,终端设备基于系统信息中配置的RSRP阈值来进行NUL载波或SUL载波的选择,该RSRP阈值可以称作载波选择RSRP阈值,即该阈值用于载波选择。例如,如果终端设备当前测量的RSRP小于该阈值,则终端设备选择SUL载波,否则,终端设备选择NUL载波。此外,可以用于载波选择信号还可以是RSRQ或者波束质量等,那么其对应的载波选择阈值可以称为载波选择RSRQ阈值、载波选择波束质量阈值等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information. The RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier. In addition, the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
在其他的可以实现的方式中,终端设备在发起SDT前,也可以先进行载波的选择,再根据SDT的标准选择传输的方式是基于随机接入的小数据传输或者基于配置的授权的小数据传输。或者上述两个步骤也可以同时进行。上述选择小数据传输方式与选择上行载波之间没有必然的先后顺序。In other possible implementations, before initiating SDT, the terminal device may also select a carrier first, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. transmission. Alternatively, the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
S503,终端设备向网络设备发送第一消息。S503, the terminal device sends a first message to the network device.
具体地,终端设备在所选择的载波上发送随机接入前导码,其中,终端设备可以选择在专用于SDT的随机接入时机上发送随机接入前导码,或者,终端设备可以在所选择的载波上发送SDT专用前导码。Specifically, the terminal device sends the random access preamble on the selected carrier, where the terminal device may choose to send the random access preamble on a random access occasion dedicated to SDT, or the terminal device may choose to send the random access preamble on the selected carrier. The SDT dedicated preamble is sent on the carrier.
S504,网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应消息,也称为第二消息。S504, the network device sends a random access response message, also referred to as a second message, to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备接收到终端设备发送的第一消息后,确定终端设备发起的是基于随机接入的小数据传输,网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应消息,该消息中可以携带TC-RNTI、定时提前以及为终端设备分配的上行授权。其中,TC-RNTI用于标识一个小区空口下的终端设备。Specifically, after receiving the first message sent by the terminal device, the network device determines that the terminal device initiates small data transmission based on random access, and the network device sends a random access response message to the terminal device, which may carry TC- RNTI, timing advance, and uplink grants assigned to terminal devices. The TC-RNTI is used to identify the terminal equipment under the air interface of a cell.
S505,终端设备向网络设备发送第三消息。S505, the terminal device sends a third message to the network device.
具体地,终端设备在第二消息中为其分配的上行授权上发送第三消息,该第三消息包括上行数据以及RRC恢复请求。此外,还可以包括缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR),该缓存报告可以是BSR MAC CE,BSR MAC CE用于向网络设备指示当前的缓 存信息。还可以包括释放辅助指示(release assistance indication,RAI),RAI用于向网络设备指示终端设备的后续的数据信息。Specifically, the terminal device sends a third message on the uplink grant allocated to it in the second message, where the third message includes uplink data and an RRC recovery request. In addition, a buffer status report (BSR) may also be included, and the buffer report may be a BSR MAC CE, and the BSR MAC CE is used to indicate the current buffer information to the network device. A release assistance indication (RAI) may also be included, where the RAI is used to indicate subsequent data information of the terminal device to the network device.
S506,网络设备向终端设备发送竞争解决消息。S506, the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备收到终端设备发送的RRC消息和数据后,发送竞争解决消息,该竞争解决消息中不包含RRC信令,认为随机接入过程成功完成,此时TC-RNTI升级为C-RNTI。此时终端设备仍处于非激活态。Specifically, after receiving the RRC message and data sent by the terminal device, the network device sends a contention resolution message. The contention resolution message does not contain RRC signaling, and the random access process is considered to be successfully completed. At this time, the TC-RNTI is upgraded to C- RNTI. At this point, the terminal device is still in an inactive state.
S507,终端设备向网络设备发送辅助信息。S507, the terminal device sends auxiliary information to the network device.
具体地,该辅助信息例如可以是终端设备所在小区的测量的参考信号的信息,包括RSRP信息或者RSRQ信息或者波束质量信息等。当存在后续数据需要传输时,由于在非激活态下,终端设备始终在进行测量,终端设备根据测量所得到的RSRP值的范围,判断需要将此时的RSRP的测量值上报给网络设备。Specifically, the auxiliary information may be, for example, information of reference signals measured by the cell where the terminal device is located, including RSRP information, RSRQ information, or beam quality information, and the like. When there is subsequent data that needs to be transmitted, since the terminal device is always measuring in the inactive state, the terminal device determines that the RSRP measurement value at this time needs to be reported to the network device according to the range of the RSRP value obtained by the measurement.
需要说明的是,该步骤507也可以与步骤505同时执行,或者上述第三消息中也可以携带该辅助信息。或者,该辅助信息也可以与下述步骤509的上行数据承载在同一条消息中同时发送,或者与步骤509同时执行。或者,该步骤507也可以在其他任意步骤的之前或之后,换句话说,步骤507与其他步骤没有必然的先后顺序。It should be noted that this step 507 may also be performed simultaneously with step 505, or the above-mentioned third message may also carry the auxiliary information. Alternatively, the auxiliary information can also be sent simultaneously with the uplink data bearer in the following step 509 in the same message, or performed simultaneously with the step 509 . Alternatively, the step 507 can also be before or after any other steps, in other words, the step 507 and the other steps have no necessary sequence.
可选地,该步骤也可以是终端设备向网络设备上报测量报告。Optionally, this step may also be that the terminal device reports a measurement report to the network device.
具体地,在非连接态下,终端设备始终对小区的参考信号的信息进行测量,当终端设备测量的结果满足测量事件的触发条件时,终端设备将测量结果上报给网络设备。其中,该参考信号可以是RSRP或RSRQ或波束质量,该参考信号的信息可以包括RSRP信息或者RSRQ信息或者波束质量信息,同时,相对应的,该测量结果可以是所在小区的RSRP信息或者是RSRQ信息或波束质量等。Specifically, in the disconnected state, the terminal device always measures the reference signal information of the cell, and when the measurement result of the terminal device meets the triggering condition of the measurement event, the terminal device reports the measurement result to the network device. Wherein, the reference signal may be RSRP or RSRQ or beam quality, the information of the reference signal may include RSRP information or RSRQ information or beam quality information, and correspondingly, the measurement result may be RSRP information or RSRQ information of the cell where it is located. information or beam quality, etc.
示例性地,该测量事件可以是A2事件。A2事件的描述为服务小区测量结果与该事件的滞后参数之和低于某一阈值时,终端设备就会触发该A2事件,上报测量结果,不满足该条件则不会上报测量结果,其中的阈值可以根据不同的场景灵活设置。网络设备如果接收到测量结果的上报,就说明终端设备接入的小区的载波信号质量较差,终端设备接近该网络设备站点的可能性较小,即很有可能位于网络设备站点的边缘位置,终端设备处于高频节能载波覆盖的概率也就较小。Illustratively, the measurement event may be an A2 event. The description of the A2 event is that when the sum of the measurement result of the serving cell and the hysteresis parameter of the event is lower than a certain threshold, the terminal device will trigger the A2 event and report the measurement result. If the condition is not met, the measurement result will not be reported. The threshold can be flexibly set according to different scenarios. If the network device receives the report of the measurement result, it means that the quality of the carrier signal of the cell accessed by the terminal device is poor, and the terminal device is less likely to approach the network device site, that is, it is likely to be located at the edge of the network device site. The probability that the terminal equipment is covered by the high-frequency energy-saving carrier is also smaller.
作为示例而非限定,在一种可能的实现方式中,当参考信号为RSRP,测量结果为RSRP时,可以包括如下两个场景:As an example but not a limitation, in a possible implementation manner, when the reference signal is RSRP and the measurement result is RSRP, the following two scenarios may be included:
场景一:scene one:
当发起SDT时,终端设备根据RSRP大于或等于载波选择阈值,选择了NUL载波进行上行数据的传输,当后续数据传输时,终端设备测量RSRP值,若终端设备测量的RSRP大于或等于第一阈值且小于或等于第二阈值时,终端设备向网络设备发送该RSRP测量值,该测量值可以供网络设备进行参考,网络设备可以根据该测量值决定是否为终端设备配置SUL载波上的传输时频资源。When initiating SDT, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier for uplink data transmission according to the RSRP greater than or equal to the carrier selection threshold. During subsequent data transmission, the terminal device measures the RSRP value. If the RSRP measured by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the first threshold value When it is less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the RSRP measurement value to the network device, the measurement value can be used for reference by the network device, and the network device can decide whether to configure the transmission time-frequency on the SUL carrier for the terminal device according to the measurement value. resource.
场景二:Scenario two:
当发起SDT时,终端设备根据RSRP小于等于载波选择阈值,选择了NUL载波进行上行数据的传输,当后续数据传输时,若终端设备测量RSRP大于或等于第三阈值且小于或等于第四阈值时,终端设备向网络设备发送该RSRP测量值,该测量值可以供网络设备 进行参考,是否为终端设备配置NUL载波上传输的时频资源。When initiating SDT, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier for uplink data transmission according to the RSRP being less than or equal to the carrier selection threshold. During subsequent data transmission, if the terminal device measures RSRP greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold , the terminal device sends the RSRP measurement value to the network device, and the measurement value can be used by the network device for reference, whether to configure the time-frequency resources transmitted on the NUL carrier for the terminal device.
应理解,本实施例中的第一阈值至第四阈值分别于图4中的第一阈值至第四阈值相对应。It should be understood that the first to fourth thresholds in this embodiment correspond to the first to fourth thresholds in FIG. 4 , respectively.
S508,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI。S508, the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备根据终端设备上报的参考信号的信息切换载波,并通过DCI的方式在切换后的载波上动态调度上行授权,用于后续数据传输。Specifically, the network device switches the carrier according to the information of the reference signal reported by the terminal device, and dynamically schedules the uplink grant on the switched carrier by means of DCI for subsequent data transmission.
需要说明的是,上述网络设备切换载波,可以不直接执行该动作,即网络设备通过DCI中携带的其它载波的上行授权来表征进行了载波切换。It should be noted that, the above-mentioned network device switching carriers may not perform this action directly, that is, the network device indicates that the carrier switching is performed by the uplink grants of other carriers carried in the DCI.
S509,终端设备向网络设备发送上行数据。S509, the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device.
具体地,终端设备接收到网络设备发送的DCI后,在DCI调度的切换后的载波的上行授权上,进行后续数据传输。Specifically, after receiving the DCI sent by the network device, the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission on the uplink grant of the switched carrier scheduled by the DCI.
S510,网络设备发送RRC释放消息。S510, the network device sends an RRC release message.
具体地,当终端设备的上行数据传输结束后,即没有进一步的后续数据传输时,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,终止SDT过程。此时终端设备可以仍然保持在非连接态,或者,也可以直接释放到空闲态。Specifically, when the uplink data transmission of the terminal device ends, that is, when there is no further subsequent data transmission, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. At this time, the terminal device may remain in the disconnected state, or may be directly released to the idle state.
需要说明的是,网络设备根据终端设备上报的辅助信息,可以为终端设备切换上行传输的载波,即,网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI调度的上行传输资源可以位于切换后的载波上。当然,网络设备也可以在接收到辅助信息后,并不进行载波切换。It should be noted that the network device can switch the uplink transmission carrier for the terminal device according to the auxiliary information reported by the terminal device, that is, the uplink transmission resource scheduled by the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device can be located on the switched carrier. Of course, the network device may also not perform carrier switching after receiving the auxiliary information.
在本申请的实施例中,多次提及非连接态,需要说明的是,该非连接态可以表示的是除了连接态之外其他终端的状态,例如,可以是非激活态或者空闲态或者其他不是处于连接状态的状态。或者该非连接态可以表示的是由非激活态与空闲态组成,本申请对此并不限定。In the embodiments of this application, the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state or other states. is not in a connected state. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例,通过终端设备向网络设备上报测量的参考信号的信息,例如RSRP信息,使得网络设备根据该测量的RSRP信息配置上行数据传输的授权时频资源,通过调度与当前上行载波不同的载波上的上行数据传输的授权资源,使得在非连接态下的终端设备能够实现载波切换,确保了上行传输的数据的准确性和可靠性。此外,由于上报测量的RSRP信息的阈值选择范围处于载波选择阈值的临界范围,即网络设备可根据终端设备上报的RSRP的变化趋势判断是否为终端设备切换载波,网络设备通过调度其他载波上的时频资源用于后续上行传输,进一步提高了上行传输的可靠性。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal equipment reports the measured reference signal information, such as RSRP information, to the network equipment, so that the network equipment configures the authorized time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission according to the measured RSRP information. The authorized resources for uplink data transmission on the carrier enable the terminal equipment in the disconnected state to implement carrier switching, which ensures the accuracy and reliability of the data transmitted in the uplink. In addition, since the threshold selection range of the reported measured RSRP information is in the critical range of the carrier selection threshold, that is, the network device can determine whether the terminal device switches the carrier according to the change trend of the RSRP reported by the terminal device. The frequency resources are used for subsequent uplink transmission, which further improves the reliability of uplink transmission.
图6示出了本申请实施例提供的一种切换载波的方法600的示意图,本实施例主要针对当终端设备向网络设备上报的为测量结果时,该方法相较于图5所示的方法还可以包括测量事件配置请求以及测量事件配置两个步骤。如图6所示,在本实施例中终端设备所选择的载波没有配置CG资源,或CG资源无效或不满足发起CG传输的条件而无法选择基于CG的小数据传输,因此,终端设备在所选择的载波上发起随机接入小数据传输。具体地,该切换载波的方法包括:FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a method 600 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. This embodiment is mainly aimed at that when the terminal device reports the measurement result to the network device, the method is compared with the method shown in FIG. 5 . It may also include two steps of measurement event configuration request and measurement event configuration. As shown in FIG. 6 , in this embodiment, the carrier selected by the terminal equipment is not configured with CG resources, or the CG resources are invalid or do not meet the conditions for initiating CG transmission, so CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected. Random access small data transmission is initiated on the selected carrier. Specifically, the method for switching carriers includes:
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,为了叙述的简便,与上述实施例相同的步骤,本实施例不再赘述。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, for the convenience of description, the steps that are the same as those in the above-mentioned embodiment are not repeated in this embodiment.
S601,终端设备向网络设备发送测量上报配置请求消息。S601, a terminal device sends a measurement report configuration request message to a network device.
具体地,在连接态下,终端设备向网络设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于向网络设 备请求测量上报的配置,该测量上报的配置可以是测量上报触发事件的配置,例如测量上报触发事件的阈值等。Specifically, in the connected state, the terminal device sends a request message to the network device. The request message is used to request the network device for the configuration of measurement reporting. The configuration for measurement reporting may be the configuration of a measurement reporting trigger event, such as a measurement reporting trigger event. threshold, etc.
该测量事件描述为服务小区质量低于某一阈值时,终端设备就会上报该测量事件的测量结果或测量报告。When the measurement event is described as serving cell quality lower than a certain threshold, the terminal equipment will report the measurement result or measurement report of the measurement event.
作为一个示例而非限定,该测量事件可以是A2事件。A2事件的描述为服务小区质量低于某一阈值时,终端设备就会上报该A2事件,不满足该条件则不会上报,其中的阈值可以根据不同的场景灵活设置。By way of example and not limitation, the measurement event may be an A2 event. The description of the A2 event is that when the quality of the serving cell is lower than a certain threshold, the terminal device will report the A2 event, and if the condition is not met, the A2 event will not be reported, and the threshold can be flexibly set according to different scenarios.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该测量上报事件可以是用于非连接态下进行测量上报的新的事件。In a possible implementation manner, the measurement reporting event may be a new event for performing measurement reporting in a disconnected state.
需要说明的是,该请求消息并不是必需的,当采用如图6所示的切换载波的方法时,终端设备也可以不必向网络设备发送该请求消息。It should be noted that the request message is not necessary, and when the method for switching carriers as shown in FIG. 6 is adopted, the terminal device may not need to send the request message to the network device.
S602,网络设备向终端设备发送测量上报配置信息。S602, the network device sends measurement reporting configuration information to the terminal device.
具体地,该测量上报配置信息中可以包括测量上报触发事件的配置信息,其中,测量上报配置信息用于终端设备在RRC非激活态确定触发测量上报。Specifically, the measurement reporting configuration information may include configuration information of a measurement reporting triggering event, where the measurement reporting configuration information is used by the terminal device to determine to trigger the measurement reporting in the RRC inactive state.
例如,该测量上报触发事件可以是A2事件。或者,该测量上报触发事件可以是用于非连接态下进行测量上报的新事件。当该测量上报触发事件为A2事件时,应理解,能够承载测量配置信息的消息均可以添加A2事件的配置信息,具体来说,可以在网络设备释放终端设备进入RRC非连接态时,在RRC释放消息的一些信元中添加新的信元(information element,IE),用于配置A2事件。For example, the measurement reporting trigger event may be an A2 event. Alternatively, the measurement reporting trigger event may be a new event used for measurement reporting in a disconnected state. When the measurement report triggering event is an A2 event, it should be understood that the configuration information of the A2 event can be added to any message capable of carrying the measurement configuration information. A new information element (IE) is added to some information elements of the release message to configure the A2 event.
当该测量上报触发事件为终端设备在非连接态下进行测量上报的新事件时,能够承载测量配置信息的消息均可以添加该事件的配置信息,具体来说,可以在网络设备释放终端设备进入RRC非连接态时,在RRC释放消息的一些信元中添加新的信元(information element,IE)来配置该事件。When the measurement reporting triggering event is a new event that the terminal device performs measurement reporting in the disconnected state, the configuration information of the event can be added to any message that can carry the measurement configuration information. Specifically, the network device can release the terminal device to enter the In the RRC disconnected state, a new information element (information element, IE) is added to some information elements of the RRC release message to configure this event.
作为一种可能的实现方式,可以在RRC释放消息中重新配置或添加用于触发终端设备测量上报的触发事件。具体的,在RRC释放消息中携带报告配置,该报告配置中包含测量上报的触发事件,进一步的,该触发事件中包含用于触发测量上报的阈值。一种可能的实现方式,例如,在“EventTriggerConfig”信元中的eventA2中添加一个a2-Threshold用于终端设备非激活态下触发A2事件,例如可以是a2-Threshold-I。As a possible implementation manner, a trigger event for triggering measurement reporting of the terminal equipment may be reconfigured or added in the RRC release message. Specifically, the RRC release message carries a report configuration, where the report configuration includes a triggering event for measurement reporting, and further, the triggering event includes a threshold for triggering measurement reporting. A possible implementation manner, for example, adding an a2-Threshold to eventA2 in the "EventTriggerConfig" information element for triggering the A2 event in the inactive state of the terminal device, such as a2-Threshold-I.
可以通过以下方法进行配置:It can be configured by:
例如,可以重新配置事件A2的阈值。For example, the threshold for event A2 can be reconfigured.
或者,可以在“ReportConfigNR”信元中添加一个offset字段,用于终端设备非激活态下测量。Alternatively, an offset field may be added to the "ReportConfigNR" information element for measurement in an inactive state of the terminal device.
或者,也可以在RRC释放消息中的“EventTriggerConfig”信元中添加用于触发终端设备测量上报的一个新的事件,例如可以是eventA2-I,该事件eventA2-I用于终端设备在非激活态对A2事件的测量结果上报。Alternatively, a new event for triggering the measurement and reporting of the terminal equipment can also be added to the "EventTriggerConfig" information element in the RRC release message, for example, eventA2-I, which is used for the terminal equipment in the inactive state. The measurement results of A2 events are reported.
当终端设备收到该配置信息后,若满足测量上报事件的触发条件,则触发测量结果上报。After the terminal device receives the configuration information, if the triggering conditions of the measurement reporting event are met, the measurement result reporting is triggered.
具体来说,终端设备对其所在的服务小区的参考信号信息进行测量,测量的参考信号信息具体内容可以是RSRP和/或RSRQ,还可以是波束质量。终端设备将测量结果与预设 的阈值相比较,其中,阈值根据实际需要由网络设备配置,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device measures the reference signal information of the serving cell where it is located, and the specific content of the measured reference signal information may be RSRP and/or RSRQ, and may also be beam quality. The terminal device compares the measurement result with a preset threshold, wherein the threshold is configured by the network device according to actual needs, which is not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,测量事件配置请求消息可以在终端设备处于连接态时向网络设备发送该请求消息,也可以是终端设备进入到非连接态后,向网络设备发送该请求消息,本申请对此并不限定。It should be noted that the measurement event configuration request message may send the request message to the network device when the terminal device is in the connected state, or may send the request message to the network device after the terminal device enters the disconnected state. Not limited.
步骤603对应图5所示的步骤501,步骤604对应图5所示的步骤502,步骤605对应图5所示的步骤503,步骤606对应图5所示的步骤504,步骤607对应图5所示的步骤505,步骤608对应图5所示的步骤506,此处不再赘述。Step 603 corresponds to step 501 shown in FIG. 5 , step 604 corresponds to step 502 shown in FIG. 5 , step 605 corresponds to step 503 shown in FIG. 5 , step 606 corresponds to step 504 shown in FIG. Step 505 and step 608 shown in FIG. 5 correspond to step 506 shown in FIG. 5 , and will not be repeated here.
S609,终端设备触发测量上报,向网络设备上报测量结果。S609, the terminal device triggers measurement reporting, and reports the measurement result to the network device.
一种可能的实现方式,该测量上报触发事件可以是A2事件,此时,当满足测量结果+滞后参数(即ReportConfigNR中为该事件定义的hysteresis)小于或等于阈值时,触发测量结果上报,即触发进入A2或事件。其中,该阈值的选择根据上述A2事件配置的不同而不同,可以对应的包括:a2-Threshold-I或a2-Threshold或a2-Threshold+offset。A possible implementation manner, the measurement reporting trigger event may be an A2 event. At this time, when the measurement result + hysteresis parameter (that is, the hysteresis defined for the event in ReportConfigNR) is less than or equal to the threshold, the measurement result reporting is triggered, that is, Trigger into A2 or event. The selection of the threshold varies according to the above-mentioned A2 event configuration, and may correspondingly include: a2-Threshold-1 or a2-Threshold or a2-Threshold+offset.
另一种可能的实现方式,该测量上报触发事件可以是用于非连接态下进行测量上报的新的事件,例如A2-I等,此时,当满足测量结果+滞后参数(即ReportConfigNR中为该事件定义的hysteresis)小于或等于阈值时,触发测量结果上报。其中,该阈值是在该对应的事件中配置的。Another possible implementation manner, the measurement reporting trigger event may be a new event for measurement reporting in the disconnected state, such as A2-I, etc. At this time, when the measurement result + hysteresis parameter is satisfied (that is, in ReportConfigNR is When the hysteresis defined by this event is less than or equal to the threshold, the measurement result is triggered to report. Wherein, the threshold is configured in the corresponding event.
步骤610对应图5所示的步骤508,步骤611对应图5所示的步骤509,步骤612对应图5所示的步骤510,为了说明的简便,此处不再赘述。Step 610 corresponds to step 508 shown in FIG. 5 , step 611 corresponds to step 509 shown in FIG. 5 , and step 612 corresponds to step 510 shown in FIG. 5 .
此外,在本申请的实施例中,多次提及非连接态,需要说明的是,该非连接态可以表示的是除了连接态之外其他终端的状态,例如,可以是非激活态或者空闲态或者其他不是处于连接状态的状态。或者该非连接态可以表示的是由非激活态与空闲态组成,本申请对此并不限定。In addition, in the embodiments of this application, the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state Or other states that are not connected. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例,对于非激活态下SDT有后续传输的终端设备,当由于RSRP变化导致终端设备当前载波无法使用时,或终端设备需要切换载波时,引入非激活态下载波切换机制,终端设备通过上报辅助信息或上报测量结果,使得基站可以根据上报的信息通过DCI调度进行载波切换,从而能够确保后续SDT数据的成功传输。In the embodiment of this application, for a terminal device that has subsequent transmission of SDT in the inactive state, when the current carrier of the terminal device cannot be used due to the change of RSRP, or when the terminal device needs to switch the carrier, the inactive state download wave switching mechanism is introduced, and the terminal device By reporting auxiliary information or reporting measurement results, the base station can perform carrier switching through DCI scheduling according to the reported information, thereby ensuring successful transmission of subsequent SDT data.
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的一种切换载波的方法700的示意图,如图7所示,如图7所示,在本实施例中终端设备所选择的载波没有配置CG资源或CG资源无效或不满足发起CG传输的条件而无法选择基于CG的小数据传输,因此,终端设备在所选择的载波上发起随机接入小数据传输。终端设备在所选择的载波上发起随机接入小数据传输。具体地,该切换载波的方法包括:FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a method 700 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , as shown in FIG. 7 , in this embodiment, the carrier selected by the terminal device is not configured with CG resources or CG The CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected because the resources are invalid or the conditions for initiating CG transmission are not met. Therefore, the terminal device initiates random access small data transmission on the selected carrier. The terminal device initiates random access small data transmission on the selected carrier. Specifically, the method for switching carriers includes:
S701,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息。S701, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,用于指示终端设备进入非连接态,该RRC释放消息中可以携带SRS的配置,例如可以包括发送周期或者发送频率等。Specifically, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to enter the disconnected state. The RRC release message may carry the configuration of the SRS, for example, may include a transmission period or a transmission frequency.
S702,终端设备满足发起SDT的标准时,在选择的NUL载波或者SUL载波上发起SDT过程。S702, when the terminal equipment meets the criteria for initiating SDT, it initiates an SDT process on the selected NUL carrier or SUL carrier.
具体地,处于非激活态的终端设备可以根据待传的数据量与对应阈值的关系以及RSRP与相应阈值的关系确定执行SDT过程。例如,终端设备判断当前待传的数据量小于预设的阈值时,并且,终端设备判断RSRP大于预设的RSRP阈值时,发起小数据传输过 程。当然的,终端设备还可以包括根据其他信息与阈值的关系来确定发起SDT过程,例如,该其他信息可以是RSRQ、波束质量等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device in the inactive state may determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold and the relationship between the RSRP and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and when the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, a small data transmission process is initiated. Of course, the terminal device may also determine to initiate the SDT process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold. For example, the other information may be RSRQ, beam quality, etc., which is not limited in this application.
S703,终端设备进行载波选择。S703, the terminal device performs carrier selection.
具体地,终端设备基于系统信息中配置的RSRP阈值来进行NUL载波或SUL载波的选择,该RSRP阈值可以称作载波选择RSRP阈值,即该阈值用于载波选择。例如,如果终端设备当前测量的RSRP小于该阈值,则终端设备选择SUL载波,否则,终端设备选择NUL载波。此外,可以用于载波选择信号还可以是RSRQ或者波束质量等,那么其对应的载波选择阈值可以称为载波选择RSRQ阈值、载波选择波束质量阈值等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information. The RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier. In addition, the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
可以理解,上述步骤702与步骤703没有必然的先后顺序,网络设备可以先进行载波的选择,再根据SDT的标准选择传输的方式是基于随机接入的小数据传输或者基于配置的授权的小数据传输。或者上述两个步骤也可以同时进行。上述选择小数据传输方式与选择上行载波之间没有必然的先后顺序。It can be understood that the above steps 702 and 703 do not have a certain sequence, and the network device can first select the carrier, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. transmission. Alternatively, the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
S704,终端设备发送第一消息。S704, the terminal device sends the first message.
当处于非激活态的终端设备满足SDT选择的准则时,终端设备根据系统信息中配置的RSRP阈值选择NUL或SUL载波,并在选择的载波上发起SDT。此时,若终端设备所选择的载波没有配置CG资源或不满足发起CG传输的条件而无法选择基于CG的小数据传输,那么终端设备发起基于随机接入的SDT过程。When the terminal equipment in the inactive state satisfies the SDT selection criteria, the terminal equipment selects the NUL or SUL carrier according to the RSRP threshold configured in the system information, and initiates SDT on the selected carrier. At this time, if the carrier selected by the terminal device is not configured with CG resources or does not meet the conditions for initiating CG transmission and cannot select CG-based small data transmission, the terminal device initiates a random access-based SDT process.
具体地,终端设备在选择的载波上向网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息可以是随机接入前导码。Specifically, the terminal device sends a first message to the network device on the selected carrier, where the first message may be a random access preamble.
应理解,该随机接入前导码可以是终端设备在用于SDT的随机接入时机上发送的前导码也可以是SDT的专用前导码,本申请对此不限定。It should be understood that the random access preamble may be a preamble sent by the terminal device at the random access opportunity for SDT, or may be a dedicated preamble of SDT, which is not limited in this application.
S705,网络设备发送第二消息。S705, the network device sends a second message.
具体地,网络设备基于终端设备发送的第一消息,确定终端设备发起了基于随机接入的SDT,网络设备响应于第一消息,向终端设备发送第二消息,该第二消息可以是随机接入响应,该响应消息中可以包含TC-RNTI,定时提前以及上行授权。Specifically, the network device determines, based on the first message sent by the terminal device, that the terminal device has initiated SDT based on random access, and the network device sends a second message to the terminal device in response to the first message, where the second message may be a random access Incoming response, the response message may include TC-RNTI, timing advance and uplink grant.
S706,终端设备发送第三消息。S706, the terminal device sends a third message.
具体地,终端设备收到第二消息后,在第二消息中的上行授权上发送第三消息,该第三消息中将上行数据与RRC恢复请求复用。Specifically, after receiving the second message, the terminal device sends a third message on the uplink grant in the second message, where the uplink data and the RRC recovery request are multiplexed in the third message.
可选地,上行消息中还可以包含BSR MAC CE或RAI,用于向网络设备指示终端设备的后续数据传输的信息。Optionally, the uplink message may also include BSR MAC CE or RAI, which is used to indicate to the network device information about subsequent data transmission of the terminal device.
S707,网络设备发送第四消息。S707, the network device sends a fourth message.
具体地,网络设备收到终端设备发送的RRC消息和数据后,发送竞争解决消息,该竞争解决消息中不包含RRC信令,认为随机接入过程成功完成,此时TC-RNTI升级为C-RNTI。此时终端设备仍处于非激活态。Specifically, after receiving the RRC message and data sent by the terminal device, the network device sends a contention resolution message. The contention resolution message does not contain RRC signaling, and the random access process is considered to be successfully completed. At this time, the TC-RNTI is upgraded to C- RNTI. At this point, the terminal device is still in an inactive state.
S708,终端设备发送SRS。S708, the terminal device sends the SRS.
具体地,竞争解决后,由于存在后续数据传输,当满足SRS发送条件时,终端设备向网络设备发送SRS。Specifically, after the contention is resolved, due to subsequent data transmission, when the SRS sending condition is satisfied, the terminal device sends the SRS to the network device.
需要说明的是,终端设备发送SRS的前提为网络设备向该终端设备发送了SRS配置 信息,该配置信息可以配置在例如图7所示的过程中,即由网络设备发送给终端设备的,使终端设备进入非激活态的RRC释放消息中,也就是步骤701。It should be noted that the premise for the terminal device to send the SRS is that the network device sends the SRS configuration information to the terminal device, and the configuration information can be configured in the process shown in FIG. The terminal device enters the RRC release message in the inactive state, that is, step 701 .
可选地,该SRS配置信息也可以配置在上述第四消息中,其中该第四消息除了包括竞争外,同时可以复用RRC释放消息,该RRC释放消息用于向终端设备配置SRS,但该释放消息中包含指示信息,用于指示该消息用于发送SRS配置,而不终止SDT过程。Optionally, the SRS configuration information can also be configured in the above-mentioned fourth message, wherein the fourth message can multiplex an RRC release message in addition to the contention, and the RRC release message is used to configure the SRS to the terminal device, but the The release message includes indication information, which is used to indicate that the message is used to send the SRS configuration without terminating the SDT process.
应理解,终端设备也可以向网络设备先请求该SRS配置,终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息,可选地,该请求信息可以携带在上述第三消息中,即该第三消息为终端设备发起SDT过程的第三消息。It should be understood that the terminal device can also request the SRS configuration from the network device first, and the terminal device can send request information to the network device. Optionally, the request information can be carried in the above-mentioned third message, that is, the third message is the terminal device. The third message to initiate the SDT procedure.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该请求配置信息也可以在非SDT的随机接入中,通过终端设备向网络设备发送。As a possible implementation manner, the request configuration information may also be sent to the network device through the terminal device in the non-SDT random access.
接着,对SRS的发送条件进行说明。当满足一下条件任意一项或者任意组合时,终端设备向网络设备发送SRS。Next, the transmission conditions of the SRS will be described. When any one or any combination of the following conditions are satisfied, the terminal device sends the SRS to the network device.
(1)终端设备仅在接收到网络设备发送的第四消息,即竞争解决成功后才开始判断发送SRS。需要说明的是,该SRS发送的时间段需在SDT过程结束前,也就是说,当竞争解决过程完成后直到SDT过程结束,终端设备均可以在配置的SRS发送周期向网络设备发送SRS。(1) The terminal device starts to determine to send the SRS only after receiving the fourth message sent by the network device, that is, after the contention is successfully resolved. It should be noted that the time period for sending the SRS needs to be before the end of the SDT process, that is, when the contention resolution process is completed until the end of the SDT process, the terminal device can send the SRS to the network device within the configured SRS sending period.
(2)SRS仅在终端设备确定有后续数据传输时,才发送。(2) The SRS is sent only when the terminal device determines that there is subsequent data transmission.
(3)SRS可以在终端设备发起SDT后的整个过程中发送。(3) The SRS can be sent in the whole process after the terminal device initiates the SDT.
(4)终端设备测得的信号质量大于或等于第五阈值且小于或等于第六阈值时,终端设备发送SRS。需要说明的是,该第五阈值可以是上述载波选择RSRP阈值,该第六阈值可以对应第五阈值的取值,例如,在第五阈值的基础上增加一个补偿量的值。此时,该场景对应于,终端设备推测该信号质量可能会小于载波选择阈值,若此时终端设备在NUL载波上传输上行数据时,那么,终端设备发送的SRS,期望网络设备为终端设备配置SUL载波上传输的时频资源。(4) When the signal quality measured by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the fifth threshold and less than or equal to the sixth threshold, the terminal device sends the SRS. It should be noted that the fifth threshold may be the above-mentioned carrier selection RSRP threshold, and the sixth threshold may correspond to the value of the fifth threshold, for example, a compensation value is added to the fifth threshold. At this time, the scenario corresponds to that the terminal device speculates that the signal quality may be lower than the carrier selection threshold. If the terminal device transmits uplink data on the NUL carrier at this time, then the SRS sent by the terminal device is expected to be configured by the network device for the terminal device. Time-frequency resources transmitted on the SUL carrier.
或者,终端设备测得的信号质量大于或等于第七阈值且小于或等于第八阈值时,终端设备发送SRS。需要说明的是,该第六阈值可以是载波选择RSRP阈值减去一个补偿量的值,或也可以是上述第五阈值,该第八阈值可以是载波选择RSRP阈值,也可以是上述第六阈值的取值。另外,第七阈值和第八阈值也可以是定义的一个新的阈值。此时,该场景对应于,终端设备推测该信号质量可能会大于载波选择阈值,若此时终端设备在SUL载波上传输上行数据时,那么,终端设备发送的SRS,期望网络设备为终端设备配置NUL载波上传输的时频资源。Alternatively, when the signal quality measured by the terminal device is greater than or equal to the seventh threshold and less than or equal to the eighth threshold, the terminal device sends the SRS. It should be noted that the sixth threshold may be a value obtained by subtracting a compensation amount from the carrier selection RSRP threshold, or may also be the aforementioned fifth threshold, and the eighth threshold may be the carrier selection RSRP threshold or the aforementioned sixth threshold value of . In addition, the seventh threshold and the eighth threshold may also be a new defined threshold. At this time, the scenario corresponds to that the terminal device speculates that the signal quality may be greater than the carrier selection threshold. If the terminal device transmits uplink data on the SUL carrier at this time, then the SRS sent by the terminal device is expected to be configured by the network device for the terminal device. Time-frequency resources transmitted on the NUL carrier.
应理解,该上述阈值和补偿量是由网络设备预先配置给终端设备的,例如,可以是通过系统信息发送给终端设备的或者是前一次RRC释放消息中提供给终端设备。It should be understood that the above threshold and compensation amount are pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, for example, may be sent to the terminal device through system information or provided to the terminal device in the previous RRC release message.
(5)当终端设备基于配置的授权在上行传输授权资源上传输数据,该条件可以是终端设备向网络设备发送第一个数据包后。(5) When the terminal device transmits data on the uplink transmission authorization resource based on the configured authorization, the condition may be after the terminal device sends the first data packet to the network device.
S709,网络设备进行测量。S709, the network device performs measurement.
具体地,网络设备接收到终端设备发送的SRS后,进行SRS的RSRP或RSRQ测量。Specifically, after receiving the SRS sent by the terminal device, the network device performs RSRP or RSRQ measurement of the SRS.
S710,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI。S710, the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备根据测量结果确定终端设备当前载波是否需要切换。例如,网络设 备通过测量SRS的RSRP,当网络设备的测量的RSRP值大于载波选择RSRP阈值时,此时,若终端设备的当前载波为SUL时,网络设备可以为终端设备切换载波至NUL,即网络设备通过DCI为终端设备调度NUL载波的授权资源,用于终端设备后续数据的传输。Specifically, the network device determines whether the current carrier of the terminal device needs to be switched according to the measurement result. For example, when the network device measures the RSRP of the SRS, when the measured RSRP value of the network device is greater than the carrier selection RSRP threshold, at this time, if the current carrier of the terminal device is SUL, the network device can switch the carrier to NUL for the terminal device, that is, The network device schedules the authorized resources of the NUL carrier for the terminal device through the DCI, which is used for the subsequent data transmission of the terminal device.
需要说明的是,若在上述情况中,即网络设备的测量值大于载波选择RSRP阈值时,若终端设备的当前载波为NUL,那么网络设备决定不需要切换载波,此时,网络设备仍然在当前载波上动态调度授权,用于后续数据传输。It should be noted that, in the above situation, that is, when the measured value of the network device is greater than the carrier selection RSRP threshold, if the current carrier of the terminal device is NUL, then the network device decides that it is not necessary to switch the carrier. At this time, the network device is still in the current state. Dynamic scheduling grants on the carrier for subsequent data transmission.
同样的,当网络设备的测量值小于载波选择RSRP阈值时,若当前终端设备的载波为NUL,网络设备可以为终端设备切换载波至SUL,若当前终端设备的载波为SUL,则网络设备可以不为终端设备切换载波。Similarly, when the measured value of the network device is less than the carrier selection RSRP threshold, if the current carrier of the terminal device is NUL, the network device can switch the carrier to SUL for the terminal device. If the current carrier of the terminal device is SUL, the network device can not Switch the carrier for the terminal device.
可选的,针对上述需要切换载波的情况,网络设备还可以在DCI中利用1比特来指示终端设备的载波已经切换,例如,该比特位为0时,可以表示网络设备动态调度的资源为NUL载波上的授权,该比特位为1时,可以表示网络设备动态调度的资源为SUL载波上的授权。当然的,也可以用0表示网络设备未对终端设备的当前载波进行切换,用1表示网络设备已经对终端设备的当前载波进行了切换。此外,该DCI中的比特位可以是冗余位,本申请对此并不限定。Optionally, for the above-mentioned situation where the carrier needs to be switched, the network device may also use 1 bit in the DCI to indicate that the carrier of the terminal device has been switched. For example, when the bit is 0, it can indicate that the resource dynamically scheduled by the network device is NUL. Grant on the carrier, when the bit is 1, it can indicate that the resource dynamically scheduled by the network device is the grant on the SUL carrier. Of course, 0 can also be used to indicate that the network device has not switched the current carrier of the terminal device, and 1 can be used to indicate that the network device has switched the current carrier of the terminal device. In addition, the bits in the DCI may be redundant bits, which is not limited in this application.
S711,终端设备进行后续数据传输。S711, the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission.
具体地,终端设备基于网络设备的调度或者指示,在相应的授权资源上进行后续数据的传输。Specifically, the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission on the corresponding authorized resource based on the scheduling or instruction of the network device.
S712,网络设备发送RRC释放消息。S712, the network device sends an RRC release message.
具体地,当终端设备的上行数据传输结束后,即没有进一步的后续数据传输时,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,终止SDT过程。应理解,此时终端设备仍然保持在非连接态。Specifically, when the uplink data transmission of the terminal device ends, that is, when there is no further subsequent data transmission, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. It should be understood that at this time, the terminal device still remains in a disconnected state.
在本申请的实施例中,多次提及非连接态,需要说明的是,该非连接态可以表示的是除了连接态之外其他终端的状态,例如,可以是非激活态或者空闲态或者其他不是处于连接状态的状态。或者该非连接态可以表示的是由非激活态与空闲态组成,本申请对此并不限定。In the embodiments of this application, the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state or other states. is not in a connected state. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例,网络设备通过测量终端设备发送的SRS,当前SRS的接收功率或者接收质量较差时,网路设备可以对终端设备后续数据传输的载波进行切换,使得终端设备的上行数据能够可靠并准确的传输。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device measures the SRS sent by the terminal device. When the received power or quality of the current SRS is poor, the network device can switch the carrier for subsequent data transmission by the terminal device, so that the uplink data of the terminal device can be reliable. and accurate transmission.
图8示出了本申请实施例提供的一种切换载波的方法800的示意图,如图8所示,在本实施例中终端设备所选择的载波没有配置CG资源或CG资源无效或不满足发起CG传输的条件而无法选择基于CG的小数据传输,因此,终端设备在所选择的载波上发起随机接入小数据传输。具体地,该切换载波的方法包括:FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of a method 800 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , in this embodiment, the carrier selected by the terminal device is not configured with CG resources or the CG resources are invalid or do not meet the requirements for initiating CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected due to the condition of CG transmission, therefore, the terminal device initiates random access small data transmission on the selected carrier. Specifically, the method for switching carriers includes:
目前,当终端设备处于非连接态下时,会进行RSRP的测量,但不能自主切换载波,本申请实施例提供的方法,可以使得处于非连接态下的终端设备根据测量结果,自主选择是否进行载波切换,并将其指示给网络设备。At present, when a terminal device is in a disconnected state, it will perform RSRP measurement, but cannot switch carriers autonomously. The method provided by this embodiment of the present application enables the terminal device in a disconnected state to autonomously choose whether to perform the measurement according to the measurement result. carrier switching and indicate it to the network equipment.
如图8所示,当终端设备选择基于随机接入的小数据传输时,当竞争解决完成后,由于存在后续数据,例如,终端设备的缓存区还存在待传输数据或者存在下一个新的SDT的数据到达,此时,终端设备将在当前载波上继续进行后续数据的传输。As shown in Figure 8, when the terminal device selects small data transmission based on random access, after the contention resolution is completed, due to the existence of subsequent data, for example, there is still data to be transmitted in the buffer area of the terminal device or there is the next new SDT The data arrives, at this time, the terminal device will continue to transmit the subsequent data on the current carrier.
需要说明的是,为了叙述的简便,与上文中相同的步骤,本实施例中并未详细说明,因此,并不会对本申请的保护范围构成不当的影响。It should be noted that, for the convenience of description, the same steps as above are not described in detail in this embodiment, and therefore, will not unduly affect the protection scope of the present application.
S801至S806分别与图5所示的步骤501至步骤506相对应,在此不再赘述。S801 to S806 respectively correspond to steps 501 to 506 shown in FIG. 5 , and details are not repeated here.
S807,终端设备根据测量结果进行载波切换。S807, the terminal device performs carrier switching according to the measurement result.
具体地,当终端设备当前载波为NUL时,若终端设备根据测量结果,判断当前的RSRP小于第一阈值,例如第一阈值可以是载波选择RSRP阈值时,终端设备自主将NUL载波切换成SUL载波。或者,当终端设备当前载波为SUL时,若终端设备根据测量结果判断当前的RSRP大于或等于第一阈值,例如第一阈值可以是载波选择RSRP阈值时,终端设备自主将SUL载波切换成NUL载波。Specifically, when the current carrier of the terminal equipment is NUL, if the terminal equipment determines that the current RSRP is less than the first threshold according to the measurement result, for example, when the first threshold may be the carrier selection RSRP threshold, the terminal equipment autonomously switches the NUL carrier to the SUL carrier . Or, when the current carrier of the terminal device is SUL, if the terminal device determines according to the measurement result that the current RSRP is greater than or equal to the first threshold, for example, when the first threshold may be the carrier selection RSRP threshold, the terminal device autonomously switches the SUL carrier to the NUL carrier .
作为一种可能实现的方式,当终端设备执行载波切换后,终端设备可以同时启动一个定时器,该定时器可以是一个专用的载波切换的定时器,在该定时器运行期间,终端设备不能再次自主进行载波切换,当定时器超时,终端设备的RSRP仍不满足当前载波的RSRP阈值,终端设备可以执行自主载波切换。可选的,该定时器可以由网络设备在系统信息中配置。As a possible implementation method, after the terminal device performs carrier switching, the terminal device can start a timer at the same time, and the timer can be a dedicated timer for carrier switching. During the running of the timer, the terminal device cannot The carrier switching is performed autonomously. When the timer expires and the RSRP of the terminal device still does not meet the RSRP threshold of the current carrier, the terminal device can perform the autonomous carrier switching. Optionally, the timer may be configured by the network device in system information.
此时,由于终端设备基于测量结果将载波进行了切换,将触发基于随机接入的SDT过程或传统的随机接入过程或配置的授权的SDT过程,分别对应图8,图9,图10。At this time, since the terminal device switches the carrier based on the measurement result, the random access-based SDT process or the traditional random access process or the configured authorized SDT process will be triggered, respectively corresponding to FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 , and FIG. 10 .
首先对如图8所示的基于随机接入的SDT进行详细说明。First, the random access-based SDT shown in FIG. 8 will be described in detail.
S808,终端设备发送随机接入前导码。S808, the terminal device sends a random access preamble.
具体地,该随机接入前导码可以是终端设备在用于SDT的随机接入时机上发送的前导码也可以是SDT的专用前导码,本申请对此不限定。Specifically, the random access preamble may be a preamble sent by the terminal device at the random access opportunity used for SDT, or may be a dedicated preamble of SDT, which is not limited in this application.
S809,网络设备发送响应消息。S809, the network device sends a response message.
具体地,网络设备收到终端设备发送的前导码之后,确定终端设备在切换后的载波上触发了SDT的随机接入过程。响应于该随机接入过程,网络设备向终端设备发送响应消息,该响应消息中可以携带临时C-RNTI,例如TC-RNTI,定时提前TA和用于后续数据传输的上行授权资源,应理解,该上行授权资源是该切换后载波上的。Specifically, after receiving the preamble sent by the terminal device, the network device determines that the terminal device triggers the random access procedure of the SDT on the switched carrier. In response to the random access procedure, the network device sends a response message to the terminal device. The response message may carry a temporary C-RNTI, such as a TC-RNTI, a timing advance TA, and an uplink grant resource for subsequent data transmission. It should be understood that, The uplink grant resource is on the carrier after the handover.
S810,终端设备发送上行数据。S810, the terminal device sends uplink data.
具体地,终端设备收到网络设备发送上行授权资源后,在该资源上发送上行消息,该上行消息包括上行小数据。该上行消息还可以包括UE的身份标识信息,例如C-RNTI或TC-RNTI。Specifically, after receiving the uplink grant resource sent by the network device, the terminal device sends an uplink message on the resource, where the uplink message includes uplink small data. The uplink message may also include the identity information of the UE, such as C-RNTI or TC-RNTI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,承载该上行数据的消息中可以不包括RRC恢复请求消息,仅包括C-RNTI MAC CE,可以避免RRC恢复请求消息中恢复完整性消息认证码(message authentication code for integrity,resumeMAC-I)重用的安全风险。In a possible implementation manner, the message carrying the uplink data may not include the RRC recovery request message, but only the C-RNTI MAC CE, which can avoid the recovery of the integrity message authentication code (message authentication code for) in the RRC recovery request message. integrity, resumeMAC-I) security risk of reuse.
S811,网络设备发送竞争解决消息。S811, the network device sends a contention resolution message.
具体地,网络设备向终端设备发送竞争解决消息,该竞争解决消息表示竞争解决成功,此时,终端设备的TC-RNTI升级为C-RNTI,且仍然处于非连接态。Specifically, the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device, and the contention resolution message indicates that the contention resolution is successful. At this time, the TC-RNTI of the terminal device is upgraded to a C-RNTI and is still in a disconnected state.
需要说明的是,当竞争解决成功后,终端设备的TC-RNTI升级为C-RNTI,该C-RNTI替换掉S805中的C-RNTI的值。It should be noted that when the contention is successfully resolved, the TC-RNTI of the terminal device is upgraded to a C-RNTI, and the C-RNTI replaces the value of the C-RNTI in S805.
当继续存在后续数据传输时,网络设备会继续通过DCI为终端设备配置传输上行数据的时频资源授权,该授权是切换后的载波上的上行授权资源,也可以理解为发送S810消 息所在的上行载波,然后终端设备在网络设备调度的上行授权上发送后续数据。若终端设备继续测量中发现满足切换的条件,即步骤807说明的过程时,终端设备会再次切换载波,该步骤807至步骤811会再次重复。When subsequent data transmission continues, the network device will continue to configure the time-frequency resource grant for the terminal device to transmit uplink data through DCI. The grant is the uplink grant resource on the carrier after the switch, and can also be understood as the uplink where the S810 message is sent. carrier, and then the terminal device sends subsequent data on the uplink grant scheduled by the network device. If the terminal equipment continues to measure and finds that the switching conditions are met, that is, the process described in step 807, the terminal equipment will switch the carrier again, and the steps 807 to 811 will be repeated again.
S812,网络设备发送RRC释放消息。S812, the network device sends an RRC release message.
如果没有进一步的数据传输时,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,终止SDT过程,此时,终端设备仍然处于非连接态。If there is no further data transmission, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. At this time, the terminal device is still in a disconnected state.
应理解,在本申请的实施例中,多次提及非连接态,需要说明的是,该非连接态可以表示的是除了连接态之外其他终端的状态,例如,可以是非激活态或者空闲态或者其他不是处于连接状态的状态。或者该非连接态可以表示的是由非激活态与空闲态组成,本申请对此并不限定。It should be understood that in the embodiments of this application, the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state state or other states that are not connected. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例,非连接态下的终端设备基于测量结果,自主切换了载波,并通知网络进行了上行载波切换,确保了小数据传输过程中的数据能够传输成功,保证了上行数据的传输的准确性。此外,若终端设备在自主切换载波后,启动载波切换定时器,还可以避免载波频繁切换导致的“乒乓效应”,提高数据传输的效率,节省功耗。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device in the disconnected state automatically switches the carrier based on the measurement result, and notifies the network to perform uplink carrier switching, which ensures that the data in the small data transmission process can be successfully transmitted, and ensures the transmission of uplink data. accuracy. In addition, if the terminal device starts the carrier switching timer after switching the carrier autonomously, it can also avoid the "ping-pong effect" caused by frequent carrier switching, improve the efficiency of data transmission, and save power consumption.
图9示出了本申请实施例提供的一种切换载波的方法900的示意图,如图9所示,当终端设备自主切换载波后,触发了传统的随机接入过程,即后续数据传输将在终端设备的连接态下传输。FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of a method 900 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , after the terminal device switches carriers autonomously, a traditional random access process is triggered, that is, subsequent data transmission will be Transmission in the connected state of the terminal device.
具体地,在图9所示的实施例中,主要包括以下具体步骤:Specifically, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 , the following specific steps are mainly included:
S901至S907与上述图8所示的流程中的步骤801至步骤807分别对应,此处不再赘述。S901 to S907 correspond to steps 801 to 807 in the above-mentioned process shown in FIG. 8 respectively, and are not repeated here.
S908,终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导码。S908, the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device.
具体地,该前导码为传统的随机接入的前导码,并与SDT专用前导码进行区别。或者可选的,该前导码传输的随机接入时机与SDT过程的时机不同。Specifically, the preamble is a traditional random access preamble, and is distinguished from the SDT dedicated preamble. Or optionally, the random access timing of the preamble transmission is different from the timing of the SDT process.
S909,网络设备向终端设备发送随机接入响应。S909, the network device sends a random access response to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备根据终端设备发送的前导码,确定终端设备发起了传统的随机接入过程,响应于该传统的随机接入,网络设备向终端设备发送该响应消息。Specifically, the network device determines, according to the preamble sent by the terminal device, that the terminal device has initiated a traditional random access procedure, and in response to the traditional random access, the network device sends the response message to the terminal device.
S910,终端设备向网络设备发送RRC恢复请求消息。S910, the terminal device sends an RRC recovery request message to the network device.
具体地,终端设备通过上行公共控制信道发送RRC连接恢复请求,其中,该请求消息中可以携带UE的标识信息(例如C-RNTI或TC-RNTI等UEID)、连接恢复原因(终端始发的信令、终端始发的数据、终端始发的异常数据或者终端终呼)和恢复完整性消息认证码resumeMAC-I等信息。Specifically, the terminal device sends an RRC connection recovery request through the uplink common control channel, where the request message may carry the identification information of the UE (for example, UEID such as C-RNTI or TC-RNTI), the reason for connection recovery (the terminal-originated information information such as command, terminal-originated data, terminal-originated abnormal data, or terminal-terminated call) and restoration integrity message authentication code resumeMAC-I.
S911,网络设备向终端设备发送竞争解决消息。S911, the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device.
具体地,网络设备向终端设备发送竞争解决消息,用于指示终端设备进入连接态,那么,未传输的小数据将在终端设备进入连接态后进行传输。Specifically, the network device sends a contention resolution message to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to enter the connected state. Then, the untransmitted small data will be transmitted after the terminal device enters the connected state.
可选的,该竞争解决消息可以是RRC恢复消息,或者该竞争解决消息可以与RRC恢复消息一起发送给终端设备。Optionally, the contention resolution message may be an RRC recovery message, or the contention resolution message may be sent to the terminal device together with the RRC recovery message.
S912,终端设备向网络设备发送上行数据。S912, the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device.
具体地,当终端设备进入连接态后,终端设备在切换后的上行载波上传输上行数据。Specifically, after the terminal device enters the connected state, the terminal device transmits uplink data on the switched uplink carrier.
S913,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI。S913, the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device.
具体地,若终端设备还存在进一步的后续数据,网络设备通过DCI为终端设备调度与当前上行载波不同的上行载波的授权资源,用于终端设备后续数据的传输。Specifically, if the terminal device has further subsequent data, the network device schedules the terminal device through the DCI to schedule authorized resources of an uplink carrier different from the current uplink carrier for the terminal device to transmit subsequent data.
S914,终端设备进行后续数据传输。S914, the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission.
具体地,终端设备基于网络设备的调度或者指示,在相应的授权资源上进行后续数据的传输。Specifically, the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission on the corresponding authorized resource based on the scheduling or instruction of the network device.
S915,网络设备发送RRC释放消息。S915, the network device sends an RRC release message.
具体地,当终端设备的上行数据传输结束后,即没有进一步的后续数据传输时,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,终止SDT过程。应理解,此时终端设备仍然保持在非连接态。Specifically, when the uplink data transmission of the terminal device ends, that is, when there is no further subsequent data transmission, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. It should be understood that at this time, the terminal device still remains in a disconnected state.
在本申请的实施例中,多次提及非连接态,需要说明的是,该非连接态可以表示的是除了连接态之外其他终端的状态,例如,可以是非激活态或者空闲态或者其他不是处于连接状态的状态。或者该非连接态可以表示的是由非激活态与空闲态组成,本申请对此并不限定。In the embodiments of this application, the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state or other states. is not in a connected state. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例,终端设备在自主切换载波后,在切换后的载波上触发传统的随机接入流程,请求进入连接态,并在连接态下传输后续小数据。基于该方案,终端设备可以自主切换载波,而无需通过网络设备进行调度,节约了资源,提高了上行数据传输的效率,并保证了后续小数据能够成功传输。In this embodiment of the present application, after autonomously switching the carrier, the terminal device triggers a traditional random access procedure on the switched carrier, requests to enter the connected state, and transmits subsequent small data in the connected state. Based on this solution, terminal equipment can switch carriers autonomously without scheduling through network equipment, which saves resources, improves the efficiency of uplink data transmission, and ensures that subsequent small data can be successfully transmitted.
若终端设备在自主切换载波后,选择的载波配置了CG-SDT资源时,终端设备在选择的载波上发起CG-SDT,例如,图10所示的流程,与上述实施例所示的流程中相同的步骤,在此不再赘述。If, after the terminal equipment switches carriers autonomously, when the selected carrier is configured with CG-SDT resources, the terminal equipment initiates CG-SDT on the selected carrier. For example, the process shown in FIG. 10 is different from the process shown in the above embodiment The same steps are not repeated here.
在图10所示的流程中,对于首次传输时,终端设备所选择的载波没有配置CG资源或CG资源无效或不满足发起CG传输的条件而无法选择基于CG的小数据传输,因此,终端设备在所选择的载波上发起随机接入小数据传输。具体地,该切换载波的方法包括:In the process shown in FIG. 10 , for the first transmission, the carrier selected by the terminal device does not have CG resources configured or the CG resources are invalid or do not meet the conditions for initiating CG transmission, so CG-based small data transmission cannot be selected. Therefore, the terminal device cannot select CG-based small data transmission. A random access small data transmission is initiated on the selected carrier. Specifically, the method for switching carriers includes:
S1001至S1006与上述图5所示的步骤501至步骤506相同,此处不再赘述。S1001 to S1006 are the same as steps 501 to 506 shown in FIG. 5 above, and will not be repeated here.
S1007,终端设备切换载波。S1007, the terminal device switches the carrier.
具体地,如上述方法800、方法900实施例中的说明,当终端设备根据测量结果将当前上行载波进行切换后,若终端设备判断当前切换后的载波配置了配置的上行授权且CG资源有效,并且满足发起基于CG传输的条件,则终端设备的后续小数据将基于配置的授权进行传输。Specifically, as described in the above embodiments of method 800 and method 900, after the terminal device switches the current uplink carrier according to the measurement result, if the terminal device determines that the currently switched carrier is configured with the configured uplink grant and the CG resource is valid, And if the conditions for initiating CG-based transmission are met, the subsequent small data of the terminal device will be transmitted based on the configured authorization.
S1008,终端设备向网络设备发送上行数据。S1008, the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device.
具体地,终端设备在当前切换后的载波上执行CG的SDT过程。Specifically, the terminal device performs the SDT process of the CG on the currently switched carrier.
S1009,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI。S1009, the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device.
具体地,若终端设备还存在进一步的后续数据,网络设备通过DCI为终端设备调度与当前上行载波不同的上行载波的授权资源,用于终端设备后续数据的传输。Specifically, if the terminal device has further subsequent data, the network device schedules the terminal device through the DCI to schedule authorized resources of an uplink carrier different from the current uplink carrier for the terminal device to transmit subsequent data.
S1010,终端设备进行后续数据传输。S1010, the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission.
具体地,终端设备基于网络设备的调度或者指示,在相应的授权资源上进行后续数据的传输。Specifically, the terminal device performs subsequent data transmission on the corresponding authorized resource based on the scheduling or instruction of the network device.
S1011,网络设备发送RRC释放消息。S1011, the network device sends an RRC release message.
具体地,当终端设备的上行数据传输结束后,即没有进一步的后续数据传输时,网络 设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,终止SDT过程。应理解,此时终端设备仍然保持在非连接态。Specifically, when the uplink data transmission of the terminal device is completed, that is, when there is no further subsequent data transmission, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. It should be understood that at this time, the terminal device still remains in a disconnected state.
应理解,在本申请的实施例中,多次提及非连接态,需要说明的是,该非连接态可以表示的是除了连接态之外其他终端的状态,例如,可以是非激活态或者空闲态或者其他不是处于连接状态的状态。或者该非连接态可以表示的是由非激活态与空闲态组成,本申请对此并不限定。It should be understood that in the embodiments of this application, the disconnected state is mentioned many times. It should be noted that the disconnected state may represent the state of other terminals other than the connected state, for example, it may be an inactive state or an idle state state or other states that are not connected. Alternatively, the disconnected state may be represented by an inactive state and an idle state, which is not limited in this application.
在本申请实施例中,当由于RSRP变化大致终端设备当前的上行载波不能使用时,终端设备自主执行载波的切换,便于网络设备动态调度进一步的后续数据,确保了非连接态下,终端设备后续小数据的成功传输。In the embodiment of the present application, when the current uplink carrier of the terminal device cannot be used due to the change of RSRP, the terminal device autonomously performs carrier switching, which facilitates the dynamic scheduling of further subsequent data by the network device, and ensures that in the disconnected state, the terminal device can Successful transfer of small data.
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的一种载波切换的方法1100的示意图,如图11所示,在本实施例中,终端设备初始基于小数据传输的标准在选择的载波上发起了基于配置的授权的小数据传输。具体地,该载波切换的方法包括:Fig. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a method 1100 for carrier switching provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 11 , in this embodiment, a terminal device initially initiates a carrier switching based on a small data transmission standard on a selected carrier. Configured authorized small data transfers. Specifically, the carrier switching method includes:
S1101,终端设备满足发起SDT的标准时,在选择的NUL载波或者SUL载波上发起SDT过程。S1101, when the terminal equipment meets the criteria for initiating SDT, it initiates an SDT process on the selected NUL carrier or SUL carrier.
具体地,处于非激活态的终端设备可以根据待传的数据量与对应阈值的关系以及RSRP与相应阈值的关系确定执行SDT过程。例如,终端设备判断当前待传的数据量小于预设的阈值时,并且,终端设备判断RSRP大于预设的RSRP阈值时,发起小数据传输过程。当然的,终端设备还可以包括根据其他信息与阈值的关系来确定发起SDT过程,例如,该其他信息可以是RSRQ、波束质量等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device in the inactive state may determine to execute the SDT process according to the relationship between the amount of data to be transmitted and the corresponding threshold and the relationship between the RSRP and the corresponding threshold. For example, when the terminal device determines that the current amount of data to be transmitted is less than a preset threshold, and when the terminal device determines that the RSRP is greater than the preset RSRP threshold, a small data transmission process is initiated. Of course, the terminal device may also determine to initiate the SDT process according to the relationship between other information and the threshold. For example, the other information may be RSRQ, beam quality, etc., which is not limited in this application.
S1102,终端设备进行载波选择。S1102, the terminal device performs carrier selection.
具体地,终端设备基于系统信息中配置的RSRP阈值来进行NUL载波或SUL载波的选择,该RSRP阈值可以称作载波选择RSRP阈值,即该阈值用于载波选择。例如,如果终端设备当前测量的RSRP小于该阈值,则终端设备选择SUL载波,否则,终端设备选择NUL载波。此外,可以用于载波选择信号还可以是RSRQ或者波束质量等,那么其对应的载波选择阈值可以称为载波选择RSRQ阈值、载波选择波束质量阈值等,本申请不做限定。Specifically, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier or the SUL carrier based on the RSRP threshold configured in the system information. The RSRP threshold may be referred to as the carrier selection RSRP threshold, that is, the threshold is used for carrier selection. For example, if the RSRP currently measured by the terminal device is less than the threshold, the terminal device selects the SUL carrier, otherwise, the terminal device selects the NUL carrier. In addition, the signal that can be used for carrier selection can also be RSRQ or beam quality, etc., then the corresponding carrier selection threshold can be called carrier selection RSRQ threshold, carrier selection beam quality threshold, etc., which is not limited in this application.
可以理解,上述步骤1101与步骤1102没有必然的先后顺序,网络设备可以先进行载波的选择,再根据SDT的标准选择传输的方式是基于随机接入的小数据传输或者基于配置的授权的小数据传输。或者上述两个步骤也可以同时进行。上述选择小数据传输方式与选择上行载波之间没有必然的先后顺序。It can be understood that the above steps 1101 and 1102 do not have a certain sequence, and the network device can first select the carrier, and then select the transmission method according to the SDT standard, which is small data transmission based on random access or small data transmission based on configuration authorization. transmission. Alternatively, the above two steps can also be performed simultaneously. There is no necessary sequence between the above selection of the small data transmission mode and the selection of the uplink carrier.
S1103,终端设备在选择的上行载波的CG资源上发送上行数据。S1103, the terminal device sends uplink data on the CG resource of the selected uplink carrier.
具体地,终端设备在发起CG-SDT后,在该资源上发送上行消息,该上行消息包括上行小数据。可选的还包括RRC恢复请求消息。Specifically, after initiating CG-SDT, the terminal device sends an uplink message on the resource, and the uplink message includes uplink small data. Optionally, it also includes an RRC recovery request message.
S1104,网络设备回复响应消息。S1104, the network device replies with a response message.
可选的,该响应消息可以是,该响应消息可以是层1的应答消息(acknowledgement,ACK)或者是无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)的ACK。Optionally, the response message may be, the response message may be an acknowledgement message (acknowledgement, ACK) of layer 1 or an ACK of radio link control (radio link control, RLC).
S1105,终端设备根据测量结果进行载波切换。S1105, the terminal device performs carrier switching according to the measurement result.
具体的,S1103与S807执行相同的过程。这里不再赘述。Specifically, S1103 and S807 perform the same process. I won't go into details here.
可选的,该S1103也可以是S401和S402的组合。Optionally, the S1103 may also be a combination of S401 and S402.
S1106,终端设备在切换后的载波上发送上行数据。S1106, the terminal device sends uplink data on the switched carrier.
具体的,终端设备在切换后的载波上的上行授权资源上发送后续上行数据。Specifically, the terminal device sends subsequent uplink data on the uplink authorized resource on the switched carrier.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备S110与S807执行相同的过程,如果在切换后的载波上有配置的授权资源,则终端设备在切换的载波上基于配置的授权资源发送上行数据。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device S110 and S807 perform the same process. If there are configured authorized resources on the switched carrier, the terminal device sends uplink data on the switched carrier based on the configured authorized resources.
另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备S1103是S401和S402的组合,终端设备在S402配置的上行传输资源上发送上行数据。In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device S1103 is a combination of S401 and S402, and the terminal device sends uplink data on the uplink transmission resource configured in S402.
S1107,网络设备发送RRC释放消息。S1107, the network device sends an RRC release message.
如果没有进一步的数据传输时,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC释放消息,终止SDT过程,此时,终端设备仍然处于非连接态。If there is no further data transmission, the network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device to terminate the SDT process. At this time, the terminal device is still in a disconnected state.
本申请实施例,非连接态下的终端设备基于测量结果自主切换了载波,并通知网络进行了上行载波切换,或者终端设备通过上报辅助信息或测量结果等,网络设备基于终端设备上报的信息,为终端设备配置上行传输的时频资源,该上行传输的时频资源在与第一信息的载波不同的载波上,使得处于非连接态的终端设备能够实现载波切换,确保了小数据传输过程中的数据能够传输成功,保证了上行数据传输的可靠性和准确性。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device in the disconnected state automatically switches the carrier based on the measurement result, and notifies the network to perform uplink carrier switching, or the terminal device reports auxiliary information or measurement results, etc., and the network device is based on the information reported by the terminal device. Configure a time-frequency resource for uplink transmission for the terminal device, and the time-frequency resource for uplink transmission is on a carrier different from the carrier of the first information, so that the terminal device in the disconnected state can implement carrier switching, ensuring that the small data transmission process. The data can be successfully transmitted, which ensures the reliability and accuracy of uplink data transmission.
需要说明的是,本申请在对切换载波的法进行描述时,例如图4至图7,对于初始数据传输的过程均以基于RA的SDT为例。本领域技术人员都应清楚地是,当该初始数据传输时,若终端设备选择的载波上配置了CG,且满足基于CG的SDT条件时,则终端设备将基于配置的授权进行数据的传输。具体来说,对于方法400来说,该第一信息将在配置授权的载波上由终端设备发送给网络设备。对于图5所示的方法500或者图6所示的方法600来说,辅助信息或者测量报告将在配置授权的载波上发送,图7所示的方法700来说,SRS将在配置授权的载波上发送。It should be noted that, when the method of switching carriers is described in this application, such as FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 , the RA-based SDT is used as an example for the initial data transmission process. It should be clear to those skilled in the art that, during the initial data transmission, if CG is configured on the carrier selected by the terminal device and CG-based SDT conditions are met, the terminal device will transmit data based on the configured authorization. Specifically, for the method 400, the first information will be sent by the terminal device to the network device on the carrier for which the authorization is configured. For the method 500 shown in FIG. 5 or the method 600 shown in FIG. 6 , the assistance information or the measurement report will be sent on the carrier for which the grant is configured. For the method 700 shown in FIG. 7 , the SRS will be sent on the carrier for which the grant is configured. sent on.
应理解,该方法800至方法1000的初始数据传输仍然可以是基于配置的授权,本申请不再赘述。It should be understood that the initial data transmission from the method 800 to the method 1000 may still be authorization based on the configuration, which will not be repeated in this application.
以上,结合图4至图11详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图12至图16详细说明本申请实施例提供的切换载波的装置。In the above, the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail with reference to FIGS. 4 to 11 . Hereinafter, the apparatus for switching carriers provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 12 to FIG. 16 .
图12是本申请实施例提供的切换载波的装置的示意性框图。如图所示,该切换载波的装置10可以包括处理模块11和收发模块12。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the apparatus 10 for switching carriers may include a processing module 11 and a transceiver module 12 .
在一种可能的设计中,该切换载波的装置10可对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备。In a possible design, the apparatus 10 for switching carriers may correspond to the network equipment in the above method embodiments.
具体地,该切换载波的装置10可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400、方法500、方法600、方法700、方法800、方法900以及方法1000中的网络设备,该切换载波的装置10可以包括用于执行图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图8中的方法800或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000中的网络设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该切换载波的装置10中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图8中的方法800或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000或图11中的方法1100的相应流程。Specifically, the apparatus 10 for switching carriers may correspond to the network equipment in method 400, method 500, method 600, method 700, method 800, method 900, and method 1000 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the apparatus 10 for switching carriers may Including for performing method 400 in FIG. 4 or method 500 in FIG. 5 or method 600 in FIG. 6 or method 700 in FIG. 7 or method 800 in FIG. 8 or method 900 in FIG. Modules of a method performed by a network device in method 1000. In addition, each unit in the apparatus 10 for switching carriers and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are for implementing the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 respectively. Or the corresponding flow of the method 800 in FIG. 8 or the method 900 in FIG. 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 or the method 1100 in FIG. 11 .
其中,当该切换载波的装置10用于执行图4中的方法400时,收发模块12可用于执行方法400中的步骤401、步骤402。Wherein, when the apparatus 10 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 400 in FIG. 4 , the transceiver module 12 may be used to execute steps 401 and 402 in the method 400 .
当该切换载波的装置10用于执行图5中的方法500时,收发模块12可用于执行方法 500中的步骤503至步骤510。When the apparatus 10 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 500 in FIG.
当该切换载波的装置10用于执行图6中的方法600时,收发模块12可用于执行方法600中的步骤601、步骤602、步骤605至步骤612。When the apparatus 10 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 600 in FIG. 6 , the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 601 , 602 , and 605 to 612 in the method 600 .
当该切换载波的装置10用于执行图7中的方法700时,处理模块11可用于执行方法700中的步骤709。收发模块12可用于执行方法700中的步骤701、步骤704至步骤708以及步骤710至步骤712。When the apparatus 10 for switching carriers is used to perform the method 700 in FIG. 7 , the processing module 11 can be used to perform step 709 in the method 700 . The transceiver module 12 can be used to perform steps 701 , steps 704 to 708 , and steps 710 to 712 in the method 700 .
当该切换载波的装置10用于执行图8中的方法800时,收发模块12可用于执行方法800中的步骤803至步骤806、步骤808至步骤812。When the device 10 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 800 in FIG. 8 , the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 803 to 806 and steps 808 to 812 in the method 800 .
当该切换载波的装置10用于执行图9中的方法900时,收发模块12可用于执行方法900中的步骤903至步骤906、步骤908至步骤915。When the apparatus 10 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 900 in FIG. 9 , the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 903 to 906 and steps 908 to 915 in the method 900 .
当该切换载波的装置10用于执行图10中的方法1000时,收发模块12可用于执行方法1000中的步骤1003至步骤1006以及步骤1008至步骤1011。When the apparatus 10 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 1000 in FIG. 10 , the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 1003 to 1006 and steps 1008 to 1011 in the method 1000 .
当该切换载波的装置10用于执行图11中的方法1100时,收发模块12可用于执行方法1100中的步骤1103至步骤1104以及步骤1106至步骤1107。When the apparatus 10 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 1100 in FIG. 11 , the transceiver module 12 can be used to execute steps 1103 to 1104 and steps 1106 to 1107 in the method 1100 .
图13是本申请实施例提供的切换载波的装置的示意性框图。如图所示,该切换载波的装置20可以包括收发模块21和处理模块22。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the apparatus 20 for switching carriers may include a transceiver module 21 and a processing module 22 .
在一种可能的设计中,该切换载波的装置20可对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备,或者配置于终端设备中的芯片。In a possible design, the apparatus 20 for switching carriers may correspond to the terminal equipment in the above method embodiments, or a chip configured in the terminal equipment.
具体地,该切换载波的装置20可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400、方法500、方法600、方法700、方法800、方法900以及方法1000中的中的终端设备,该切换载波的装置20可以包括用于执行图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图8中的方法800或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000中的终端设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该切换载波的装置20中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500或图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700或图8中的方法800或图9中的方法900或图10中的方法1000或图11中的方法1100的相应流程。Specifically, the apparatus 20 for switching carriers may correspond to the terminal equipment in the methods 400 , 500 , 600 , 700 , 800 , 900 , and 1000 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the apparatus for switching carriers 20 may include methods for performing method 400 in FIG. 4 or method 500 in FIG. 5 or method 600 in FIG. 6 or method 700 in FIG. 7 or method 800 in FIG. 8 or method 900 in FIG. The modules of the method performed by the terminal device in the method 1000. In addition, the units in the apparatus 20 for switching carriers and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively for implementing the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5 or the method 600 in FIG. 6 or the method 700 in FIG. 7 . Or the corresponding flow of the method 800 in FIG. 8 or the method 900 in FIG. 9 or the method 1000 in FIG. 10 or the method 1100 in FIG. 11 .
当该切换载波的装置20用于执行图4中的方法400时,收发模块21可用于执行方法400中的步骤401和步骤402。When the apparatus 20 for switching carriers is used to perform the method 400 in FIG. 4 , the transceiver module 21 can be used to perform steps 401 and 402 in the method 400 .
当该切换载波的装置20用于执行图5中的方法500时,收发模块21可用于执行方法500中的步骤503至步骤510。处理模块22可用于执行方法500中的步骤501和步骤502。When the apparatus 20 for switching carriers is used to perform the method 500 in FIG. 5 , the transceiver module 21 can be used to perform steps 503 to 510 in the method 500 . The processing module 22 may be used to perform steps 501 and 502 in the method 500 .
当该切换载波的装置20用于执行图6中的方法600时,收发模块21可用于执行方法600中的步骤601和步骤602、步骤605至步骤612。处理模块22可用于执行方法600中的步骤603、步骤604。When the apparatus 20 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 600 in FIG. 6 , the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 601 and 602 , and steps 605 to 612 in the method 600 . The processing module 22 can be used to perform steps 603 and 604 in the method 600 .
当该切换载波的装置20用于执行图7中的方法700时,收发模块21可用于执行方法700中的步骤701、步骤704至步骤708、步骤710至步骤712。处理模块22可用于执行方法700中的步骤702、步骤703。When the apparatus 20 for switching carriers is used to perform the method 700 in FIG. 7 , the transceiver module 21 can be used to perform steps 701 , 704 to 708 , and 710 to 712 in the method 700 . The processing module 22 may be configured to perform steps 702 and 703 in the method 700 .
当该切换载波的装置20用于执行图8中的方法800时,收发模块21可用于执行方法800中的步骤803至步骤806、步骤808至步骤812。处理模块22可用于执行方法800中的步骤801、步骤802、步骤807。When the apparatus 20 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 800 in FIG. 8 , the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 803 to 806 and steps 808 to 812 in the method 800 . The processing module 22 can be used to execute steps 801 , 802 , and 807 in the method 800 .
当该切换载波的装置20用于执行图9中的方法900时,收发模块21可用于执行方法900中的步骤903至步骤906、步骤908至步骤915。处理模块22可用于执行方法900中的步骤901、步骤902、步骤907。When the apparatus 20 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 900 in FIG. 9 , the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 903 to 906 and steps 908 to 915 in the method 900 . The processing module 22 can be used to execute steps 901 , 902 and 907 in the method 900 .
当该切换载波的装置20用于执行图10中的方法1000时,收发模块21可用于执行方法1000中的步骤1003至步骤1006、步骤1008至步骤1011。处理模块22可用于执行方法1000中的步骤1001、步骤1002、步骤1007。When the apparatus 20 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 1000 in FIG. 10 , the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 1003 to 1006 and steps 1008 to 1011 in the method 1000 . The processing module 22 can be used to execute steps 1001 , 1002 and 1007 in the method 1000 .
当该切换载波的装置20用于执行图11中的方法1100时,收发模块21可用于执行方法1100中的步骤1103至步骤1104、步骤1106至步骤1107。处理模块22可用于执行方法1100中的步骤1101、步骤1102、步骤1105。When the apparatus 20 for switching carriers is used to execute the method 1100 in FIG. 11 , the transceiver module 21 can be used to execute steps 1103 to 1104 and steps 1106 to 1107 in the method 1100 . The processing module 22 can be used to execute steps 1101 , 1102 , and 1105 in the method 1100 .
根据前述方法,图14为本申请实施例提供的切换载波的装置30的示意图,如图14所示,该装置30可以为网络设备,包括具有接入管理功能的网元,如AMF等。According to the foregoing method, FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 30 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the apparatus 30 may be a network device, including a network element with an access management function, such as an AMF.
该装置30可以包括处理器31(即,处理模块的一例)和存储器32。该存储器32用于存储指令,该处理器31用于执行该存储器32存储的指令,以使该装置30实现如图4、图5或图6或图7或图8或图9或图10或图11对应的方法中网络设备执行的步骤。The apparatus 30 may include a processor 31 (ie, an example of a processing module) and a memory 32 . The memory 32 is used for storing instructions, and the processor 31 is used for executing the instructions stored in the memory 32, so that the device 30 can realize the implementation of FIG. 4, FIG. 5, or FIG. 6, or FIG. 7, or FIG. The steps performed by the network device in the method corresponding to FIG. 11 .
进一步地,该装置30还可以包括输入口33(即,收发模块的一例)和输出口34(即,收发模块的另一例)。进一步地,该处理器31、存储器32、输入口33和输出口34可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号。该存储器32用于存储计算机程序,该处理器31可以用于从该存储器32中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制输入口33接收信号,控制输出口34发送信号,完成上述方法中网络设备的步骤。该存储器32可以集成在处理器31中,也可以与处理器31分开设置。Further, the device 30 may further include an input port 33 (ie, an example of a transceiver module) and an output port 34 (ie, another example of a transceiver module). Further, the processor 31, the memory 32, the input port 33 and the output port 34 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals. The memory 32 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 31 can be used to call and run the computer program from the memory 32 to control the input port 33 to receive signals, control the output port 34 to send signals, and complete the network device in the above method. step. The memory 32 may be integrated in the processor 31 or may be provided separately from the processor 31 .
可选地,该输入口33可以为接收器,该输出口34可以为发送器。其中,接收器和发送器可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时,可以统称为收发器。Optionally, the input port 33 can be a receiver, and the output port 34 can be a transmitter. The receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
可选地,若该切换载波的装置30为芯片或电路,该输入口33为输入接口,该输出口34为输出接口。Optionally, if the device 30 for switching carriers is a chip or a circuit, the input port 33 is an input interface, and the output port 34 is an output interface.
作为一种实现方式,输入口33和输出口34的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理器31可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理器或者通用芯片实现。As an implementation manner, the functions of the input port 33 and the output port 34 can be considered to be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver. The processor 31 can be considered to be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor or a general-purpose chip.
作为另一种实现方式,可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的通信设备。即将实现处理器31、输入口33和输出口34功能的程序代码存储在存储器32中,通用处理器通过执行存储器32中的代码来实现处理器31、输入口33和输出口34的功能。As another implementation manner, a general-purpose computer may be used to implement the communication device provided by the embodiments of the present application. The program codes that will implement the functions of the processor 31 , the input port 33 and the output port 34 are stored in the memory 32 , and the general-purpose processor implements the functions of the processor 31 , the input port 33 and the output port 34 by executing the codes in the memory 32 .
其中,切换载波的装置30中各单元或单元可以用于执行上述方法中网络设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。Wherein, each unit or unit in the apparatus 30 for switching a carrier may be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the network device in the above method, and the detailed description thereof is omitted here in order to avoid redundant description.
该装置30所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念,解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述,此处不做赘述。For the concepts related to the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application involved in the device 30 , for explanations and detailed descriptions, and other steps, please refer to the descriptions of the foregoing methods or other embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
根据前述方法,图15为本申请实施例提供的切换载波的装置40的示意图,如图15所示,该装置40可以为终端设备。According to the foregoing method, FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 40 for switching carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15 , the apparatus 40 may be a terminal device.
该装置40可以包括处理器41(即,处理模块的一例)和存储器42。该存储器42用于存储指令,该处理器41用于执行该存储器42存储的指令,以使该装置40实现如图4、图5或图6或图7或图8或图9或图10或图11中终端设备执行的步骤。The apparatus 40 may include a processor 41 (ie, an example of a processing module) and a memory 42 . The memory 42 is used for storing instructions, and the processor 41 is used for executing the instructions stored in the memory 42, so that the apparatus 40 can realize FIG. 4, FIG. 5, or FIG. 6, or FIG. 7, or FIG. 8, or FIG. Steps performed by the terminal device in FIG. 11 .
进一步地,该装置40还可以包括输入口43(即,收发模块的一例)和输出口44(即,收发模块的另一例)。进一步地,该处理器41、存储器42、输入口43和输出口44可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号。该存储器42用于存储计算机程序,该处理器41可以用于从该存储器42中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制输入口43接收信号,控制输出口44发送信号,完成上述方法中终端设备的步骤。该存储器42可以集成在处理器41中,也可以与处理器41分开设置。Further, the device 40 may further include an input port 43 (ie, an example of a transceiver module) and an output port 44 (ie, another example of a transceiver module). Further, the processor 41, the memory 42, the input port 43 and the output port 44 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals. The memory 42 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 41 can be used to call and run the computer program from the memory 42 to control the input port 43 to receive signals, control the output port 44 to send signals, and complete the process of the terminal device in the above method. step. The memory 42 may be integrated in the processor 41 or may be provided separately from the processor 41 .
可选地,该输入口43可以为接收器,该输出口44可以为发送器。其中,接收器和发送器可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时,可以统称为收发器。Optionally, the input port 43 can be a receiver, and the output port 44 can be a transmitter. The receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
可选地,若该切换载波的装置40为芯片或电路,该输入口43为输入接口,该输出口44为输出接口。Optionally, if the device 40 for switching carriers is a chip or a circuit, the input port 43 is an input interface, and the output port 44 is an output interface.
作为一种实现方式,输入口43和输出口44的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理器41可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理器或者通用芯片实现。As an implementation manner, the functions of the input port 43 and the output port 44 can be considered to be realized by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver. The processor 41 can be considered to be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor or a general-purpose chip.
作为另一种实现方式,可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的通信设备。即将实现处理器41、输入口43和输出口44功能的程序代码存储在存储器42中,通用处理器通过执行存储器42中的代码来实现处理器41、输入口43和输出口44的功能。As another implementation manner, a general-purpose computer may be used to implement the communication device provided by the embodiments of the present application. The program codes that will implement the functions of the processor 41 , the input port 43 and the output port 44 are stored in the memory 42 , and the general-purpose processor implements the functions of the processor 41 , the input port 43 and the output port 44 by executing the codes in the memory 42 .
其中,切换载波的装置40中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。The modules or units in the apparatus 40 for switching carriers may be used to perform actions or processing procedures performed by the terminal device in the above method, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here in order to avoid redundant descriptions.
该装置40所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念,解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述,此处不做赘述。For the concepts related to the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application involved in the apparatus 40, for explanations and detailed descriptions and other steps, please refer to the descriptions of the foregoing methods or other embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
图16本申请提供的一种终端设备50的结构示意图。为了便于说明,图16仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图16所示,终端设备50包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 50 provided by the present application. For convenience of explanation, FIG. 16 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 16 , the terminal device 50 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据,例如存储上述实施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, for example, for supporting the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. the described action. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, such as the codebook described in the above embodiments. The control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. The control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the terminal device is powered on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图16仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for the convenience of description, FIG. 16 only shows one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图14中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。As an optional implementation manner, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute A software program that processes data from the software program. The processor in FIG. 14 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that a terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, a terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
如图16所示,终端设备50包括收发单元51和处理单元52。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元51中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元51中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元51包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。As shown in FIG. 16 , the terminal device 50 includes a transceiver unit 51 and a processing unit 52 . The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 51 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 51 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 51 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. Exemplarily, the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like, and the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
图16所示的终端设备可以执行上述方法400、500、600或700或800或900或1000或1100中终端设备所执行的各动作,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。The terminal device shown in FIG. 16 can perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above methods 400 , 500 , 600 or 700 or 800 or 900 or 1000 or 1100 , and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here to avoid redundant description.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(Random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Souble data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM) Access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Souble data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可 以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented in software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this document is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here. In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment. In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟 悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种切换载波的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for switching carriers, comprising:
    终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述网络设备将第一载波切换成第二载波,所述第一信息包括所述终端设备的参考信号的信息,所述终端设备处于非连接态;The terminal device sends first information to the network device, where the first information is used by the network device to switch the first carrier to the second carrier, the first information includes information of the reference signal of the terminal device, the terminal The device is in a disconnected state;
    所述终端设备接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息,所述上行传输资源在所述第二载波上。The terminal device receives downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考信号的信息包括参考信号接收功率或参考信号接收质量。The method according to claim 1, wherein the information of the reference signal comprises reference signal received power or reference signal received quality.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述网络设备将第一载波切换成第二载波,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the terminal device sends first information to a network device, and the first information is used by the network device to switch the first carrier to the second carrier, comprising:
    所述第一信息大于或等于第一阈值且小于或等于第二阈值时,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述网络设备将普通上行链路NUL载波切换成辅助上行链路SUL载波,When the first information is greater than or equal to the first threshold and less than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, and the first information is used by the network device The link NUL carrier is switched to the secondary uplink SUL carrier,
    或,or,
    所述第一信息大于或等于第三阈值且小于或等于第四阈值时,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述网络设备将辅助上行链路SUL载波切换成普通上行链路NUL载波。When the first information is greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, and the first information is used by the network device to assist the uplink. The link SUL carrier is switched to the normal uplink NUL carrier.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息承载于媒体接入控制信元MAC CE或无线资源控制RRC消息中。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first information is carried in a medium access control information element MAC CE or a radio resource control RRC message.
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, comprising:
    服务小区的质量低于第五阈值时,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一信息。When the quality of the serving cell is lower than the fifth threshold, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的测量上报配置信息,所述测量上报配置信息包括所述第五阈值;receiving, by the terminal device, measurement reporting configuration information from the network device, where the measurement reporting configuration information includes the fifth threshold;
    所述终端设备在所述非连接态下测量所述服务小区的质量。The terminal device measures the quality of the serving cell in the disconnected state.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的测量上报配置信息,包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the terminal device receives measurement reporting configuration information from the network device, comprising:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的RRC释放消息,所述RRC释放消息包括所述测量上报配置信息。The terminal device receives an RRC release message from the network device, where the RRC release message includes the measurement reporting configuration information.
  8. 一种切换载波的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for switching carriers, comprising:
    网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述终端设备的参考信号的信息,所述第一信息在第一载波上传输,所述终端设备处于非连接态;The network device receives first information from a terminal device, where the first information includes information of a reference signal of the terminal device, the first information is transmitted on a first carrier, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state;
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息,所述上行传输资源在第二载波上。The network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考信号的信息包括参考信号接收 功率或参考信号接收质量。The method according to claim 8, wherein the information of the reference signal comprises reference signal received power or reference signal received quality.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the network device receives the first information from the terminal device, comprising:
    所述第一信息大于或等于第一阈值且小于或等于第二阈值时,所述网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,When the first information is greater than or equal to the first threshold and less than or equal to the second threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device,
    或,or,
    所述第一信息大于或等于第三阈值且小于或等于第四阈值时,所述网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。When the first information is greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求8至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息承载于媒体接入控制信元MAC CE或无线资源控制RRC消息中。The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the first information is carried in a medium access control information element MAC CE or a radio resource control RRC message.
  12. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the network device receives the first information from the terminal device, comprising:
    服务小区的质量低于第五阈值时,所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息。When the quality of the serving cell is lower than the fifth threshold, the network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送测量上报配置信息,所述测量上报配置信息包括所述第五阈值。The network device sends measurement reporting configuration information to the terminal device, where the measurement reporting configuration information includes the fifth threshold.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送测量上报配置信息,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the network device sends measurement reporting configuration information to the terminal device, comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送RRC释放消息,所述RRC释放消息包括所述测量上报配置信息。The network device sends an RRC release message to the terminal device, where the RRC release message includes the measurement reporting configuration information.
  15. 一种切换载波的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for switching carriers, comprising:
    收发模块,用于向网络设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述网络设备将第一载波切换成第二载波,所述第一信息包括所述装置的参考信号的信息,所述装置处于非连接态;a transceiver module, configured to send first information to a network device, where the first information is used by the network device to switch the first carrier to the second carrier, the first information includes the information of the reference signal of the device, and the the device is in a disconnected state;
    收发模块,还用于接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息,所述上行传输资源在所述第二载波上。The transceiver module is further configured to receive downlink control information, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括参考信号接收功率或参考信号接收质量。The apparatus according to claim 15, wherein the first information comprises reference signal received power or reference signal received quality.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that,
    所述第一信息大于或等于第一阈值且小于或等于第二阈值时,所述收发模块向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述网络设备将普通上行链路NUL载波切换成辅助上行链路SUL载波,When the first information is greater than or equal to the first threshold and less than or equal to the second threshold, the transceiver module sends the first information to the network device, and the first information is used by the network device to use the normal uplink The link NUL carrier is switched to the secondary uplink SUL carrier,
    或,or,
    所述第一信息大于或等于第三阈值且小于或等于第四阈值时,所述收发模块向所述网络设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于所述网络设备将辅助上行链路SUL载波切换成普通上行链路NUL载波。When the first information is greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the transceiver module sends the first information to the network device, where the first information is used by the network device to assist the uplink The SUL carrier is switched to the normal uplink NUL carrier.
  18. 根据权利要求15至17中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息承载于媒体接入控制信元MAC CE或无线资源控制RRC消息中。The apparatus according to any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein the first information is carried in a medium access control information element MAC CE or a radio resource control RRC message.
  19. 根据权利要求15或16所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that,
    服务小区的质量低于第五阈值时,所述收发模块向所述网络设备发送第一信息。When the quality of the serving cell is lower than the fifth threshold, the transceiver module sends the first information to the network device.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 19, wherein:
    所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的测量上报配置信息,所述测量上报配置信息包括所述第五阈值;The transceiver module is further configured to receive measurement reporting configuration information from the network device, where the measurement reporting configuration information includes the fifth threshold;
    处理模块,用于在所述非连接态下测量所述服务小区的质量。and a processing module, configured to measure the quality of the serving cell in the disconnected state.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 20, wherein:
    所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的RRC释放消息,所述RRC释放消息包括所述测量上报配置信息。The transceiver module is further configured to receive an RRC release message from the network device, where the RRC release message includes the measurement reporting configuration information.
  22. 一种切换载波的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for switching carriers, comprising:
    收发模块,用于接收来自终端设备的第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述终端设备的参考信号的信息,所述第一信息在第一载波上传输,所述终端设备处于非连接态;a transceiver module, configured to receive first information from a terminal device, where the first information includes information of a reference signal of the terminal device, the first information is transmitted on a first carrier, and the terminal device is in a disconnected state ;
    所述收发模块,还用于向所述终端设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息携带上行传输资源的信息,所述上行传输资源在第二载波上。The transceiver module is further configured to send downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information carries information of uplink transmission resources, and the uplink transmission resources are on the second carrier.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述参考信号的信息包括参考信号接收功率或参考信号接收质量。The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the information of the reference signal comprises reference signal received power or reference signal received quality.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块具体用于:The device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the transceiver module is specifically used for:
    所述第一信息大于或等于第一阈值且小于或等于第二阈值时,所述收发模块接收来自终端设备的第一信息,When the first information is greater than or equal to the first threshold and less than or equal to the second threshold, the transceiver module receives the first information from the terminal device,
    或,or,
    所述第一信息大于或等于第三阈值且小于或等于第四阈值时,所述收发模块接收来自终端设备的第一信息。When the first information is greater than or equal to the third threshold and less than or equal to the fourth threshold, the transceiver module receives the first information from the terminal device.
  25. 根据权利要求22至24中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息承载于媒体接入控制信元MAC CE或无线资源控制RRC消息中。The apparatus according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the first information is carried in a medium access control information element MAC CE or a radio resource control RRC message.
  26. 根据权利要求22或23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块具体用于:The device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the transceiver module is specifically used for:
    服务小区的质量低于第五阈值时,所述收发模块接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息。When the quality of the serving cell is lower than the fifth threshold, the transceiver module receives the first information from the terminal device.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 26, wherein:
    所述收发模块,还用于向所述终端设备发送测量上报配置信息,所述测量上报配置包括所述第五阈值。The transceiver module is further configured to send measurement reporting configuration information to the terminal device, where the measurement reporting configuration includes the fifth threshold.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,具体用于:The device according to claim 27, wherein the transceiver module is specifically used for:
    向所述终端设备发送RRC释放消息,所述RRC释放消息包括所述测量上报配置信息。Send an RRC release message to the terminal device, where the RRC release message includes the measurement reporting configuration information.
  29. 一种切换载波的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括处理器和存储介质,所述存储介质存储有指令,所述指令被所述处理器运行时,使得所述处理器执行如权利要求1至7中任意一项所述的方法。An apparatus for switching carrier waves, characterized in that the apparatus includes a processor and a storage medium, the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, the processor executes the method of claim 1 The method of any one of to 7.
  30. 一种切换载波的装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括处理器和存储介质,所述存储介质存储有指令,所述指令被所述处理器运行时,使得所述处理器执行如权利要求8至14中任意一项所述的方法。An apparatus for switching carrier waves, characterized in that the apparatus comprises a processor and a storage medium, wherein the storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, the processor executes the method as claimed in claim 8 The method of any one of to 14.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至7中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of claims 1 to 7. method described in item.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求8至14中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of claims 8 to 14. method described in item.
PCT/CN2022/080873 2021-04-02 2022-03-15 Method and apparatus for switching carrier WO2022206367A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110363533.6A CN115175328A (en) 2021-04-02 2021-04-02 Method and device for switching carrier waves
CN202110363533.6 2021-04-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022206367A1 true WO2022206367A1 (en) 2022-10-06

Family

ID=83455590

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/080873 WO2022206367A1 (en) 2021-04-02 2022-03-15 Method and apparatus for switching carrier

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115175328A (en)
WO (1) WO2022206367A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117998681A (en) * 2022-11-03 2024-05-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020092787A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2020-05-07 Google Llc Multiple uplink carriers in a cell deployed in unlicensed spectrum
WO2020167554A1 (en) * 2019-02-12 2020-08-20 Google Llc Bandwidth part switching in a communication network
WO2020221703A1 (en) * 2019-05-02 2020-11-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Wireless operation in a cell with licensed and unlicensed carriers

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020092787A1 (en) * 2018-11-01 2020-05-07 Google Llc Multiple uplink carriers in a cell deployed in unlicensed spectrum
WO2020167554A1 (en) * 2019-02-12 2020-08-20 Google Llc Bandwidth part switching in a communication network
WO2020221703A1 (en) * 2019-05-02 2020-11-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Wireless operation in a cell with licensed and unlicensed carriers

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ZTE, SANECHIPS: "CR to the RA triggered BWP switch in case SUL is configured", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1814042 CR TO THE RA TRIGGERED BWP SWITCH IN CASE SUL IS CONFIGURED-ALT 1, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Chengdu, China; 20181008 - 20181012, 27 September 2018 (2018-09-27), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051523503 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115175328A (en) 2022-10-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
RU2767981C2 (en) Information processing method and corresponding device
US20190150014A1 (en) Early measurement reporting for cell access
WO2017193766A1 (en) Downlink data transmission method and device
TWI583215B (en) Discontinuous reception for carrier aggregation
WO2021023215A1 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
CN109672510B (en) Communication method and communication device
CN113950019A (en) Resource scheduling method, communication device and system
WO2019157754A1 (en) Uplink data scheduling method and device
EP3771268A1 (en) Signal transmission method and device
WO2018053770A1 (en) Method and apparatus used to manage links
WO2021114104A1 (en) Data transmission method and device, and storage medium
WO2019076347A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2019157675A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
JP2024020451A (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021062775A1 (en) Paging message detection method and apparatus, and communication device
WO2022206367A1 (en) Method and apparatus for switching carrier
WO2021081696A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2021027660A1 (en) Radio communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022040873A1 (en) Communication method, device, and apparatus
WO2019090720A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting data
WO2019210813A1 (en) Wireless network communication method and device
WO2022253150A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2022252867A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN114586426B (en) Indication of data transmission configuration
EP3962148B1 (en) Wireless communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22778551

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22778551

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1